manualshive.com logo in svg

Quanta Computer QuantaMesh, Руководство пользователя

Продукт Quanta Computer QuantaMesh - это мощное и легкое в управлении сетевое оборудование для вашего бизнеса. Получите подробное руководство по эксплуатации бесплатно на нашем сайте. Скачайте модели и начните использовать его прямо сейчас! Скачивайте на {вебсайте}.

Поделиться
Скачать
background image

UANTA COMPUTER INC. 

                                                                                 

 

Layer  2/3/4  Managed  Switch 

 

QuantaMesh | Switching Commands 

431 

 

Firmware Rev: Specifies Firmware version of the remote device. 

Software Rev: Specifies Software version of the remote device. 

Serial Num: Specifies serial number of the remote device. 

Mfg Name: Specifies manufacturers name of the remote device. 

Model Name: Specifies model name of the remote device. 

Asset ID: Specifies asset id of the remote device. 

 

Location Specifies if location TLV is received in LLDP frames on this port. 

Subtype: Specifies type of location information. 

Info: Specifies the location information as a string for given type of location id. 

 

Extended POE Specifies if remote device is a PoE device. 

Device Type: Specifies remote device's PoE device type connected to this port. 

 

Extended POE PSE Specifies if extended PSE TLV is received in LLDP frame on this port. 

Available: Specifies the remote ports PSE power value in tenths of watts. 

Source: Specifies the remote ports PSE power source. 

Priority: Specifies the remote ports PSE power priority. 

 

Extended POE PD Specifies if extended PD TLV is received in LLDP frame on this port. 

Required: Specifies the remote port's PD power requirement. 

Source: Specifies the remote port's PD power source. 

Priority: Specifies the remote port's PD power priority. 

 

 

5.12.1.13  show lldp dcbx 

The user can go to the CLI Privilege Exec to d

 

display the local Data Center Bridging Capability 

Exchange (DCBX) control status of an interface on the system, use the show lldp dcbx interface 
[<slot/port>] Privilege command. 

 

Syntax 

 

show lldp dcbx interface [<slot/port> [detail]] 

 

Default Setting 

None 

Command Mode 

Содержание QuantaMesh

Страница 1: ..._________________________________________________ UANTA COMPUTER INC _________________________________________________________________ QuantaMesh Layer 2 3 4 Managed Switch User s Guide Applicable Products T5032 LY6 T3096 LY5 Edition April 2014 ...

Страница 2: ...ion to suit your individual needs Fax forms for sending us your comments are included at the back of the manual There you will also find the addresses of the relevant User documentation Department Copyright and Trademarks Copyright 2014 Quanta Computer Inc All rights reserved Delivery subject to availability right of technical modifications reserved All hardware and software names used are tradema...

Страница 3: ...UANTA COMPUTER INC Layer 2 3 4 Managed Switch QuantaMesh Introduction 3 Document History Revision Date Remark 0 1 4 3 2014 First Edition ...

Страница 4: ...rver 25 2 5 8 Quick Start up Factory Defaults 26 3 CONSOLE AND TELNET ADMINISTRATION INTERFACE 27 3 1 LOCAL CONSOLE MANAGEMENT 27 3 2 SET UP YOUR SWITCH USING CONSOLE ACCESS 27 3 3 SET UP YOUR SWITCH USING TELNET ACCESS 29 3 3 1 Accessing the Switch CLI through the Network 29 3 3 2 Using the Service Port or Netowrk Interface for Remote Management 29 4 COMMAND LINE INTERFACE STRUCTURE AND MODE BASE...

Страница 5: ...ands 248 5 3 11 DHCPv6 Client Commands 249 5 3 12 DHCP Relay Commands 251 5 3 13 sFlow Commands 253 5 3 14 Service Port Commands 264 5 3 15 Time Range Commands 270 5 3 16 Command Scheduler Commands 274 5 4 SPANNING TREE COMMANDS 277 5 4 1 Show Commands 277 5 4 2 Configuration Commands 287 5 5 SYSTEM LOG MANAGEMENT COMMANDS 301 5 5 1 Show Commands 301 5 5 2 Configuration Commands 304 5 6 EMAIL ALER...

Страница 6: ...mands 458 5 16 SYSTEM UTILITIES 461 5 16 1 clear 461 5 16 2 copy 475 5 16 3 delete 478 5 16 4 dir 479 5 16 5 whichboot 480 5 16 6 boot system 480 5 16 7 ping 481 5 16 8 traceroute 484 5 16 9 logging cli command 486 5 16 10 calendar set 487 5 16 11 reload 487 5 16 12 configure 488 5 16 13 disconnect 488 5 16 14 hostname 489 5 16 15 quit 489 5 16 16 cablestatus 490 5 16 17 AutoInstall Commands 491 5...

Страница 7: ...mands 639 5 29 CONTROL PLANE PROTECTION COMMANDS 643 5 29 1 Show Commands 643 5 29 2 Configuration Commands 643 6 ROUTING COMMANDS 645 6 1 ADDRESS RESOLUTION PROTOCOL ARP COMMANDS 645 6 1 1 Show Commands 645 6 1 2 Configuration Commands 648 6 2 IP ROUTING COMMANDS 653 6 2 1 Show Commands 653 6 2 2 Configuration Commands 668 6 3 OPEN SHORTEST PATH FIRST OSPF COMMANDS 675 6 3 1 Show Commands 675 6 3...

Страница 8: ...ULTICAST PIM COMMANDS 856 7 5 1 Show Commands 856 7 5 2 Configuration Commands 863 7 6 IPV6 PROTOCOL INDEPENDENT MULTICAST COMMANDS 871 7 6 1 Show Commands 871 7 6 2 Configuration Commands 878 7 7 IGMP PROXY COMMANDS 886 7 7 1 Show Commands 886 7 7 2 Configuration Commands 890 7 8 MLD PROXY COMMANDS 892 7 8 1 Show Commands 892 7 8 2 Configuration Commands 896 8 IPV6 COMMANDS 898 8 1 TUNNEL INTERFA...

Страница 9: ...raffic class group min bandwidth 996 9 3 6 ets traffic class group strict 996 9 3 7 ets traffic class group weight 997 9 4 ETHERNET VIRTUAL BRIDGING 998 9 4 1 show evb status 998 9 4 2 show evb status 999 9 4 3 show evb vsi profile 1000 9 4 4 evb enable 1000 9 4 5 evb rte 1001 9 5 VM TRACER COMMANDS 1002 9 5 1 Show Commands 1002 9 5 2 Configuration Commands 1006 10 OPENFLOW COMMANDS 1011 10 1 SHOW...

Страница 10: ... 2 optional 100 GbE ports 1 GbE SerDes downlinks Switching bandwidth data rate full duplex 2560Gbps 1920Gbps 1280 1440Gbps Special ports Console Port 1 RJ 45 Type 1 RJ 45 Type 1 RJ 45 Type Management Port 1 10 100 1000Mbps 1 10 100 1000Mbps 1 10 100 1000Mbps USB Port 1 USB2 0 1 USB2 0 1 USB2 0 Fans Air flow Cooling Fans 3 hotswapable 4 hotswapable 3 hotswapable Air Flow Front to Rear or Rear to Fr...

Страница 11: ...to 32 paths ECMP routing for load balancing and redundancy Virtual Router Redundancy Protocol VRRP supported High Performance L2 L3 access deployments With the compact 1U form factor high desity ports in the front panel fron to back or back to front airflow design the QuantaMesh switch is idea for top of rack deployments in high performance highly demanding data centers The high switching capacity...

Страница 12: ...tocol Supports CDP Supports LLDP with potential communication problems detection Supports Port Security Multi layer Access Control based on MAC address IP address VLAN Protocol 802 1p DSCP Quality of Service QoS customized control AAA support 802 1x access control and RADIUS client support TACACS support UDLD support Error Disable Recovery support Supports DHCP Snooping Dynamic ARP Inspection DAI ...

Страница 13: ...ort SNMP v1 v2 v3 network management RMON support CLI management support Fully configurable either in band or out of band control via RS 232 console serial connection Telnet remote control console TraceRoute support Traffic Segmentation TFTP FTP SCP SFTP upgrade SysLog support Email Alerting support Simple Network Time Protocol support SSH Secure Shell version 1 and 2 support SSL Secure HTTP TLS V...

Страница 14: ... a Telnet SNMP function and using the console port on the front panel through CLI command 1 4 Command Line Console Interface through the Serial Port or Telnet You can also connect a computer or terminal to the serial console port or use Telnet to access the Switch The command line driven interface provides complete access to all switch management features ...

Страница 15: ...The Switch supports a comprehensive set of MIB extensions RFC1493 Bridge RFC 2819 RMON MIB RFC 2233 Interface MIB RFC 2618 Radius Auth Client MIB RFC 2620 Radius Acc Client MIB RFC 1724 RIPv2 MIB RFC 1850 OSPF MIB RFC 1850 OSPF TRAP MIB RFC 2787 VRRP MIB RFC 3289 DIFFSERV DSCP TC RFC 3289 DIFFSERV MIB QoS DIFFSERV EXTENSIONS MIB QoS DIFFSERV PRIVATE MIB RFC 2674 802 1p RFC 2932 IPMROUTE MIB Quanta...

Страница 16: ... RFC 2080 RIPng OSPFV3 MIB RFC 2571 SNMP FRAMEWORK MIB RFC 2572 SNMP MPD MIB RFC 2573 SNMP NOTIFICATION MIB RFC 2573 SNMP TARGET MIB RFC 2574 SNMP USER BASED SM MIB RFC 2576 SNMP COMMUNITY MIB RFC 2263 USM TARGET TAG MIB RFC 3176 SFLOW MIB IEEE8023 LAG MIB IEEE Std 802 3ad RFC 2674 P BRIDGE MIB RFC 2674 Q BRIDGE MIB RFC 2737 ENTITY MIB RFC 2863 IF MIB RFC 3635 Etherlike MIB PORTSECURITY PRIVATE MI...

Страница 17: ...UANTA COMPUTER INC Layer 2 3 4 Managed Switch QuantaMesh Introduction 17 ...

Страница 18: ...8 2 Installation and Quick Startup 2 1 Package Contents Before you begin installing the Switch confirm that your package contains the following items One Layer 2 3 4 Managed ToR Switch Mounting kit 2 mounting brackets and screws Four rubber feet with adhesive backing Redundant AC power cord ...

Страница 19: ...e Switch and its attached cables The Switch must have adequate space for ventilation and for accessing cable connectors 2 Set the Switch on a flat surface and check for proper ventilation Allow at least 5 cm 2 inches on each side of the Switch and 15 cm 6 inches at the back for the power cable 3 Attach the rubber feet on the marked locations on the bottom of the chassis The rubber feet are recomme...

Страница 20: ...Rack You can install the Switch in most standard 19 inch 48 3 cm racks Refer to the illustrations below 1 Use the supplied screws to attach a mounting bracket to each side of the Switch 2 Align the holes in the mounting bracket with the holes in the rack 3 Insert and tighten two screws through each of the mounting brackets ...

Страница 21: ...e device to load the software until the login prompt appears The device initial state is called the default mode 4 When the prompt asks for operator login do the following Type the word admin in the login area Since a number of the Quick Setup commands require administrator account rights suggesting logging into an administrator account Do not enter a password because there is no password in the d...

Страница 22: ...5 2 Quick Start up Physical Port Data Table 2 2 Quick Start up Physical Port Command Details show Interface status slot port Displays the Ports slot port Type Indicates if the port is a special type of port Admin Mode Selects the Port Control Administration State Physical Mode Selects the desired port speed and duplex mode Physical Status Indicates the port speed and duplex mode Link Status Indica...

Страница 23: ...ion information username username passwd nopasswd Allows the user to set passwords or change passwords needed to login A prompt will appear after the command is entered requesting the old password In the absence of an old password leave the area blank The operator must press enter to execute the command The system then prompts the user for a new password then a prompt to confirm the new password I...

Страница 24: ...ig interface vlan 1 if vlan 1 ip address ipaddr netmask if vlan 1 exit Config ip default gateway gateway IP Address range from 0 0 0 0 to 255 255 255 255 Subnet Mask range from 0 0 0 0 to 255 255 255 255 Gateway Address range from 0 0 0 0 to 255 255 255 255 Displays all of the login session information show serviceport Display the serviceport s network configurations Interface Status Indicates whe...

Страница 25: ...and PC to Switch Command Details copy xmodem startup config filename Sets the download datatype to be an image or config file The URL must be specified as xmodem filepath filename For example If the user is using HyperTerminal the user must specify which file is to be sent to the switch The Switch will restart automatically once the code has been downloaded 2 5 7 Quick Start up Downloading from TF...

Страница 26: ...rompt pops up to clear all the configurations made to the switch copy running config startup config filename Enter yes when the prompt pops up that asks if you want to save the configurations made to the switch reload warm Enter yes when the prompt pops up that asks if you want to reset the system You can reset the switch or cold boot the switch both work effectively warm indicates only switch app...

Страница 27: ...erminal or PC running terminal emulation software to operate the Switch s built in console program see Chapter 6 Using the console program a network administrator can manage control and monitor many functions of the Switch Hardware components in the Switch allow it to be an active part of a manageable network These components include a CPU memory for data storage other related hardware and SNMP ag...

Страница 28: ...e or cable adapter combination must have a 9 pin D shell connector suitable for the Diagnostics port the other end must have a connector suitable for the console s serial communications port 2 Power down the devices attach the cable or cable adapter combination to the correct ports and restore power 3 Set the console to use the following communication parameters for your terminal The console port ...

Страница 29: ...Traffic on this port is segregated from operational network traffic on the switch ports and cannot be switched or routed to the operational network Additonally if the production network is experiencing problems the service port still allows you to access the switch management interface and troubleshoot issues Configuration options on the service port are limited which makes it difficult to acciden...

Страница 30: ...rt use serviceport protocol dhcp serviceport protocol dhcp6 To enable the BootP client on service port use serviceport protocol bootp 3 3 2 2 Configuring the In Band Netowrk Interface To use a DHCP server to obtain the IP address subnet mask and default gateway information use interface vlan 1 ip address dhcp ipv6 address dhcp To manually configure the IPv4 address subnet mask use interface vlan 1...

Страница 31: ...re outlined below 4 1 CLI Command Format Commands are followed by values parameters or both Example 1 ip address ipaddr netmask gateway ip address is the command name ipaddr netmask are the required values for the command gateway is the optional value for the command Example 2 snmp server location loc snmp server location is the command name loc is the required parameter for the command Example 3 ...

Страница 32: ...ult for all IP parameters consists of zeros that is 0 0 0 0 The interface IP address of 0 0 0 0 is invalid macaddr The MAC address format is six hexadecimal numbers separated by colons for example 00 06 29 32 81 40 areaid Area IDs may be entered in dotted decimal notation for example 0 0 0 1 An area ID of 0 0 0 0 is reserved for the backbone Area IDs have the same form as IP addresses but are dist...

Страница 33: ...or the command word may be completed by typing the tab command completion The value Err designates that the requested value was not internally accessible This should never happen and indicates that there is a case in the software that is not handled correctly The value of designates that the value is unknown Annotations The CLI allows the user to type single line annotations at the command prompt ...

Страница 34: ...ache identifies the MAC addresses of the IP stations communicating with the switch Syntax show arp Default Setting None Command Mode Privileged Exec Display Message MAC Address A unicast MAC address for which the switch has forwarding and or filtering information The format is 6 two digit hexadecimal numbers that are separated by colons For example 00 23 45 67 89 AB IP Address The IP address assig...

Страница 35: ... 4 Managed Switch QuantaMesh Switching Commands 35 5 1 2 show calendar This command displays the system time Syntax show calendar Default Setting None Command Mode Privileged Exec Display Message Current Time displays system time ...

Страница 36: ...g None Command Mode Privileged Exec Display Message The following shows example CLI display output for the command Memory Utilization Report status bytes free 250978304 alloc 275599360 CPU Utilization PID Name 5 Secs 60 Secs 300 Secs 1030 osapiTimer 0 00 0 02 0 02 1032 _interrupt_thread 0 00 0 02 0 02 1034 bcmL2X 0 1 99 2 10 1 81 1035 bcmCNTR 0 1 59 1 42 1 19 1038 bcmLINK 0 2 99 2 84 2 44 1040 bcm...

Страница 37: ... 02 0 01 1054 simPts_task 0 00 0 02 0 01 1058 Detecting SFP Modu 0 00 0 02 0 01 1080 emWeb 0 00 0 08 0 06 1085 StormCtrl Log Table 0 00 0 03 0 03 1091 SNMPTask 1 79 12 48 37 44 1101 dot1s_timer_task 0 19 0 07 0 04 1118 sFlowTask 0 00 0 09 0 11 1135 RMONTask 0 00 0 12 0 15 1137 udldTask 0 00 0 01 0 01 Total CPU Utilization 15 37 26 14 49 21 ...

Страница 38: ...not cleared on a system reset Syntax show eventlog unit unit The unit number of the remote system The range is 1 to 8 unit parameter is only support for stacking platform Default Setting None Command Mode Privileged Exec Display Message File The file in which the event originated Line The line number of the event Task Id The task ID of the event Code The event code Time The time this event occurre...

Страница 39: ...figuration When a script name is provided the output is redirected to a configuration script The option all will also enable the display capture of all commands with settings configurations that include values that are same as the default values If the optional scriptname is provided with a file name extension of scr the output will be redirected to a script file Syntax show running config all scr...

Страница 40: ...e The name used to identify the switch System Location The text used to identify the location of the switch May be up to 255 alpha numeric characters The factory default is blank System Contact The text used to identify a contact person for this switch May be up to 255 alphanumeric characters The factory default is blank System Object ID The manufacturing ID System Up Time The time in days hours a...

Страница 41: ...nutes since the last switch reboot System Name Name used to identify the switch System Location Text used to identify the location of the switch May be up to 255 alpha numeric characters The factory default is blank System Contact Text used to identify a contact person for this switch May be up to 255 alphanumeric characters The factory default is blank MAC Address The burned in MAC address used f...

Страница 42: ... contact technical support The output of the show tech support command combines the output of the following commands show version show sysinfo show interface status show logging show event log show logging buffered show trap log show running config etc Syntax show tech support Default Setting None Command Mode Privileged Exec This command is only support on console port ...

Страница 43: ...umber Hardware Version The hardware version of this switch It is divided into four parts The first byte is the major version and the second byte represents the minor version ADT7470_1 Sensor 1 Now Temperature The temperature of sensor 1 of ADT7470 ADT7470_1 Sensor 2 Now Temperature The temperature of sensor 2 of ADT7470 ADT7470_1 Sensor 3 Now Temperature The temperature of sensor 3 of ADT7470 ADT7...

Страница 44: ...e 2 Inner temperature 2 of Power Supply now Fan Speed Inner fan speed rpm of Power Supply now Fan Duty Inner fan duty of Power Supply now Below 10 Giga Interface information depend on plugging SFP Transceiver Interface y The yth 10 Giga information of switch 1 10 Gigabit Ethernet Compliance Codes Transceiver s compliance codes Vendor Name The SFP transceiver vendor name shall be the full name of t...

Страница 45: ...this switch FRU Number The field replaceable unit number Part Number Manufacturing part number Maintenance Level The identification of the hardware change level Manufacturer The two octet code that identifies the manufacturer Burned In MAC Address The burned in universally administered MAC address of this switch Software Version The platform function release maintenance number of the code currentl...

Страница 46: ...will use to login using the serial port or Telnet A new user may be added to the switch by entering a name in a blank entry The user name may be up to 8 characters and is not case sensitive Two users are included as the factory default admin and guest Connection From IP address of the telnet client machine or EIA 232 for the serial port connection Idle Time Time this session has been idle Session ...

Страница 47: ...ude redirect the regular expression Syntax show command begin include exclude redirect LINE Default Setting None Command Mode Privileged Exec Display Message command Any show command of the CLI begin Begin with the line that matches include Include lines that match exclude Exclude lines that match redirect output the lines to the specified URL LINE Regular Expression ...

Страница 48: ... Mode This displays the administrative mode of Digital Optical Monitor DOM for the system Polling Interval Polling interval The range of value is 300 to 1800 Interface Valid slot number and a valid port number Temperature Internally measured module temperature from transceiver Voltage Internally measured module supply voltage from transceiver Tx bias current Internally measured module tx bias from...

Страница 49: ...enables monitoring on all ports The default value is disabled Syntax monitoring interval interval no monitoring interval interval Polling interval The range of value is 300 to 1800 no This command disables monitoring on all ports Default Setting Admin mode Disable Interval 600 sec Command Mode Transceiver Config ...

Страница 50: ...arameter Displays information for all interfaces Default Setting None Command Mode Privileged Exec Display Message Intf The physical slot and physical port Type If not blank this field indicates that this port is a special type of port The possible values are Source This port is a monitoring port PC Mbr This port is a member of a port channel LAG Dest This port is a probe port Admin Mode Selects t...

Страница 51: ...ermines whether to send a trap when link status changes The factory default is enabled LACP Mode Displays whether LACP is enabled or disabled on this port Flow Control Mode Displays flow control mode The possible values are Disable This port is disabled flow control Enable This port is enabled flow control Capabilities Status Displays interface capabilities ...

Страница 52: ...d With Error The number of inbound packets that contained errors preventing them from being deliverable to a higher layer protocol Broadcast Packets Received The total number of packets received that were directed to the broadcast address Note that this does not include multicast packets Packets Transmitted Without Error The total number of packets transmitted out of the interface Transmit Packets...

Страница 53: ...ed interface number portchannel id is the desired port channel interface number The range of the port channel ID is 1 to 64 switchport This parameter specifies whole switch or all interfaces Default Setting None Command Mode Privileged Exec Display Message The display parameters when the argument is slot port or port channel are as follows Total Packets Received Octets The total number of octets o...

Страница 54: ...d TX 128 255 Octets The total number of packets including bad packets received that were between 128 and 255 octets in length inclusive excluding framing bits but including FCS octets Packets RX and TX 256 511 Octets The total number of packets including bad packets received that were between 256 and 511 octets in length inclusive excluding framing bits but including FCS octets Packets RX and TX 5...

Страница 55: ...hat had a length excluding framing bits but including FCS octets of between 64 and 1518 octets inclusive but had a bad FCS with a non integral number of octets FCS Errors The total number of packets received that had a length excluding framing bits but including FCS octets of between 64 and 1518 octets inclusive but had a bad FCS with an integral number of octets Overruns The total number of frame...

Страница 56: ... has a max increment rate of 815 counts per sec at 10 Mb s Underrun Errors The total number of frames discarded because the transmit FIFO buffer became empty during frame transmission Total Transmited Packets Discards Single Collision Frames A count of the number of successfully transmitted frames on a particular interface for which transmission is inhibited by exactly one collision Multiple Colli...

Страница 57: ...ast packets Receive Packets Discarded The number of inbound packets which were chosen to be discarded even though no errors had been detected to prevent their being deliverable to a higher layer protocol A possible reason for discarding a packet could be to free up buffer space Octets Transmitted The total number of octets transmitted out of the interface including framing characters Packets Trans...

Страница 58: ...atic VLAN Entries The number of presently active VLAN entries on this switch that have been created statically Dynamic VLAN Entries The number of presently active VLAN entries on this switch that have been created by GVRP registration VLAN Deletes The number of VLANs on this switch that have been created and then deleted since the last reboot Time Since Counters Last Cleared The elapsed time in da...

Страница 59: ...is the desired port channel interface number The range of the port channel ID is 1 to 64 no paramter Displays port rate statistics information for all interfaces Default Setting None Command Mode Privileged Exec Display Message Interface The physical slot and physical port or the logical slot and logical port Minutes Load interval The range of value is 30 seconds to 600 seconds Input rate Average ...

Страница 60: ... change the length of time for which data is used to compute load port rate statistics Syntax load interval 30 600 no load interval interval Load interval The range of value is 30 seconds to 600 seconds no This command will be back to 300 seconds load interval on a port Default Setting 300 Command Mode Interface Config ...

Страница 61: ...l Packets Transmitted Without Error The total number of packets transmitted out of the interface Broadcast Packets Transmitted The total number of packets that higher level protocols requested to be transmitted to the Broadcast address including those that were discarded or not sent Transmit Packet Errors The number of outbound packets that could not be transmitted because of errors Address Entrie...

Страница 62: ...lan vlan id slot port is the desired interface number loopback id is the desired loopback interface number The range of loopback ID is 0 to 7 portchannel id is the desired port channel interface number The range of port channel ID is 1 to 64 tunnel id is the desired tunnel interface number The range of tunnel ID is 0 to 7 vlan id is the desired vlan interface number The range of VLAN ID is 1 to 40...

Страница 63: ...ould be configured to operate at 10 Giga or 1 Giga speed Use speed duplex 1000 to change the speed of 10 Giga port to 1G speed The speed of 40 Giga interfaces can not be changed by this command Syntax speed duplex 1000 no speed duplex 1000 1000 1000 Mbps only valid for 10G ports no This command will be back to 10G speed from 1G speed on a port Default Setting None Command Mode Interface Config i ...

Страница 64: ... represents all interfaces no This command will be back to 10G speed from 1G speed for all 10G ports Default Setting None Command Mode Global Config 5 2 1 8 negotiate This command enables automatic negotiation on a port The default value is enabled The 10 Giga and 40 Giga interfaces do not provide the following command Syntax negotiate no negotiate no This command disables automatic negotiation on...

Страница 65: ...s command enables automatic negotiation on all interfaces The default value is enabled Syntax negotiate all no negotiate all all This command represents all interfaces no This command disables automatic negotiation on all interfaces Default Setting Disable Command Mode Global Config ...

Страница 66: ...100BASE T 1000 1000BASE T full duplex Full duplex half duplex Half duplex no This command removes the advertised capability with using parameter Default Setting 10G full duplex for 10G ports 40G full duplex for 40G ports Command Mode Interface Config This command is used to set the capabilities on all interfaces Syntax capabilities all 10 100 full duplex half duplex 1000 full duplex no capabilitie...

Страница 67: ...ing Commands 67 no This command removes the advertised capability with using parameter Default Setting 10 full half duplex 100 full half duplex and 1000 full duplex for 1G ports 10G full duplex for 10G ports 40G full duplex for 40G ports Command Mode Global Config ...

Страница 68: ...l no This command disables 802 3x flow control for the switch Default Setting Disabled Command Mode Global Config This command enables 802 3x flow control for the specific interface 802 3x flow control only applies to full duplex mode ports If PFC feature is enabled on the same interface 802 3x flow control will be disabled internally Syntax storm control flowcontrol no storm control flowcontrol n...

Страница 69: ...no shutdown no This command enables a port Default Setting Enabled Command Mode Interface Config This command is used to disable all ports Syntax shutdown all no shutdown all all This command represents all ports no This command enables all ports Default Setting Enabled Command Mode Global Config ...

Страница 70: ...ng None Command Mode Interface Config 5 2 1 13 mdi This command is used to configure the physical port MDI MDIX state Syntax mdi auto across normal no mdi auto This type is auto selecting cable type across This type is only allowed the Across over cable normal This type is only allowed the Normal cable no This command restore the port mode to Auto Default Setting Auto Command Mode Interface Config...

Страница 71: ...VL system the MAC address will be displayed as 8 bytes In an SVL system the MAC address will be displayed as 6 bytes Note This software version only supports IVL systems Interface The port on which this L2 MAC address was learned IfIndex This object indicates the if Index of the interface table entry associated with this port Status The status of this entry The meanings of the values are Static Th...

Страница 72: ...e on the switch Syntax show mac addr table count Default Setting None Command Mode Privileged Exec Display Message Address Entries Currently in Use The number of active entry in FDB Table Dynamic Address count The total learning mac addresses on the L2 MAC address Table Static Address User defined count The total user defined addresses on the L2 MAC address Table Total MAC Addresses in use This nu...

Страница 73: ...played as 8 bytes In an SVL system the MAC address will be displayed as 6 bytes Note This software version only supports IVL systems VLAN ID The vlan id of that mac address Status The status of this entry The meanings of the values are Static The value of the corresponding instance was added by the system or a user when a static MAC filter was defined It cannot be relearned Learned The value of th...

Страница 74: ...s for which the switch has forwarding and or filtering information The format is 6 or 8 two digit hexadecimal numbers that are separated by colons for example 01 23 45 67 89 AB In an IVL system the MAC address is displayed as 8 bytes Type This displays the type of the entry Static entries are those that are configured by the end user Dynamic entries are added to the table as a result of a learning...

Страница 75: ... The format is 6 or 8 two digit hexadecimal numbers that are separated by colons for example 01 23 45 67 89 AB In an IVL system the MAC address will be displayed as 8 bytes In an SVL system the MAC address will be displayed as 6 bytes Note This software version only supports IVL systems Type This displays the type of the entry Static entries are those that are configured by the end user Dynamic en...

Страница 76: ...format is 6 or 8 two digit hexadecimal numbers that are separated by colons for example 01 23 45 67 89 AB In an IVL system the MAC address will be displayed as 8 bytes In an SVL system the MAC address will be displayed as 6 bytes Note This software version only supports IVL systems Type This displays the type of the entry Static entries are those that are configured by the end user Dynamic entries...

Страница 77: ...Privileged Exec Display Message Max MFDB Table Entries This displays the total number of entries that can possibly be in the MFDB Most MFDB Entries Since Last Reset This displays the largest number of entries that have been present in the Multicast Forwarding Database table This value is also known as the MFDB high water mark Current Entries This displays the current number of entries in the Multi...

Страница 78: ...play Message Address Aging Timout This displays the total number of seconds for Forwarding Database table 5 2 2 9 mac addr table aging time This command configures the forwarding database address aging timeout in seconds Syntax mac addr table aging time 10 1000000 no mac addr table aging time 10 1000000 aging time Range 10 1000000 in seconds no This command sets the forwarding database address agi...

Страница 79: ...nid associated with each VLAN The range of the VLAN ID is 1 to 4093 VLAN Name A string associated with this VLAN as a convenience It can be up to 16 alphanumeric characters including blanks The default is blank VLAN ID 1 is always named Default This field is optional VLAN Type Type of VLAN which can be Default VLAN ID 1 can be static one that is configured and permanently defined or Dynamic one th...

Страница 80: ...number which port is controlled by the fields on this line It is possible to set the parameters for all ports by using the selectors on the top line Current Determines the degree of participation of this port in this VLAN The permissible values are Include This port is always a member of this VLAN This is equivalent to registration fixed in the IEEE 802 1Q standard Exclude This port is never a mem...

Страница 81: ...VRP The port will not participate in this VLAN unless a join request is received on this port This is equivalent to registration normal in the IEEE 802 1Q standard Tagging Select the tagging behavior for this port in this VLAN Tagged Specifies to transmit traffic for this VLAN as tagged frames Untagged Specifies to transmit traffic for this VLAN as untagged frames ...

Страница 82: ...AC address Default Setting None Command Mode Privileged Exec Display Message MAC Address A unicast MAC address for which the switch has forwarding and or filtering information The format is 6 or 8 two digit hexadecimal numbers that are separated by colons for example 01 23 45 67 89 AB In an IVL system the MAC address will be displayed as 8 bytes In an SVL system the MAC address will be displayed a...

Страница 83: ...VLAN associations of all the configured IP subnets are displayed Syntax show vlan association subnet ipaddr netmask ipaddr The IP address netmask The subnet mask Default Setting None Command Mode Privileged Exec Display Message IP Subnet The IP address assigned to each interface IP Mask The subnet mask VLAN ID There is a VLAN Identifier VID associated with each VLAN The range of the VLAN ID is 1 t...

Страница 84: ...nterfaces Syntax show vlan internal usage Default Setting None Command Mode Privileged Exec Display Message Base VLAN ID This is the Base VLAN ID for Internal allocation of VLANs to the routing interface Allocation Policy Allocation Policy for VLAN ID in ascending or descending order VLAN This is the Used Internal VLAN ID for the Interface Usage This is the switch interface ...

Страница 85: ... VLAN table no parameter Displays the entire table Default Setting None Command Mode Privileged Exec Display Message Group Name This field displays the group name of an entry in the Protocol based VLAN table Group ID This field displays the group identifier of the protocol group Protocol s This field indicates the type of protocol s for this group VLAN This field indicates the VLAN associated with...

Страница 86: ...that may be received on this port The options are VLAN only and Admit All When set to VLAN only untagged frames or priority tagged frames received on this port are discarded When set to Admit All untagged frames or priority tagged frames received on this port are accepted and assigned the value of the Port VLAN ID for this port With either option VLAN tagged frames are forwarded in accordance to t...

Страница 87: ...d assigns it an ID The ID is a valid VLAN identification number ID 1 is reserved for the default VLAN VLAN range is 2 4093 Syntax vlan vlan list no vlan vlan list vlan list VLAN ID Range 2 4093 separate non consecutive IDs with and no spaces and no zeros in between the range Use for range no This command deletes an existing VLAN The ID is a valid VLAN identification number ID 1 is reserved for the...

Страница 88: ...id VLAN identification number ID range is 1 4093 Default Setting The name for VLAN ID 1 is always Default The name for other VLANs is defaulted to a blank string Command Mode VLAN database 5 2 3 11 vlan association mac This command associates a MAC address to a VLAN Syntax vlan association mac macaddr vlan id priority no vlan association mac macaddr macaddr Enter a MAC Address to display the table...

Страница 89: ...ge is 1 4093 priority The priority value for untagged frames received Valid priority value is 0 to 7 no This command removes association of a specific IP subnet to a VLAN Default Setting None Command Mode VLAN database 5 2 3 13 vlan makestatic This command changes a dynamically created VLAN one that is created by GVRP registration to a static VLAN one that is permanently configured and defined The...

Страница 90: ...sociated with one VLAN at a time however the VLAN association can be changed Syntax protocol group group name vlan id no protocol group group name vlan id vlan id VLAN ID Range 1 4093 group name a VLAN Group Name a character string of 1 to 16 characters no This command removes the vlanid from this protocol based VLAN group that is identified by this group name Default Setting None Command Mode VLA...

Страница 91: ...either option VLAN tagged frames are forwarded in accordance with the IEEE 802 1Q VLAN Specification Default Setting Admit all Command Mode Interface Config This command sets the frame acceptance mode for all interfaces For VLAN Only mode untagged frames or priority frames received on this interface are discarded For Admit All mode untagged frames or priority frames received on this interface are ...

Страница 92: ...UANTA COMPUTER INC Layer 2 3 4 Managed Switch QuantaMesh Switching Commands 92 Default Setting Admit all Command Mode Global Config ...

Страница 93: ...ng interface are admitted and forwarded to ports that are members of that VLAN Default Setting Disabled Command Mode Interface Config This command enables ingress filtering for all ports If ingress filtering is disabled frames received with VLAN IDs that do not match the VLAN membership of the receiving interface are admitted and forwarded to ports that are members of that VLAN Syntax switchport i...

Страница 94: ... access mode only the untagged packets are handled Syntax switchport mode access no switchport mode access no This command sets the mode to General Default Setting General Mode Command Mode Interface Config 5 2 3 18 switchport access vlan This command configures the access VLAN ID for an interface if it is operated on access VLAN mode Syntax switchport access vlan vlan id no switchport access vlan...

Страница 95: ...witchport native vlan vlan id vlan id VLAN ID Range 1 4093 no This command sets the VLAN ID per interface to 1 Default Setting 1 Command Mode Interface Config This command changes the VLAN ID which will be assigned to untagged or priority tagged frames for all interfaces Syntax switchport native vlan all vlan id vlan id VLAN ID Range 1 4093 all All interfaces no This command sets the VLAN ID for a...

Страница 96: ...agged untagged remove vlan list vlan list VLAN ID Range 1 4093 separate non consecutive IDs with and no spaces and no zeros in between the range Use for range add The interface is always a member of this VLAN This is equivalent to registration fixed tagged All frames transmitted for this VLAN will be tagged untagged All frames transmitted for this VLAN will be untagged remove The interface is remo...

Страница 97: ...ed untagged remove all vlan id vlan id VLAN ID Range 1 4093 all All interfaces add The interface is always a member of this VLAN This is equivalent to registration fixed tagged all frames transmitted for this VLAN will be tagged untagged all frames transmitted for this VLAN will be untagged remove The interface is removed from the member of this VLAN This is equivalent to registration forbidden De...

Страница 98: ...or for a specific interface in a VLAN to disabled If tagging is disabled traffic is transmitted as untagged frames The ID is a valid VLAN identification number Default Setting Disabled Command Mode Interface Config This command configures the tagging behavior for all interfaces in a VLAN to be enabled If tagging is enabled traffic is transmitted as tagged frames If tagging is disabled traffic is t...

Страница 99: ... zeros in between the range Use for range add VLAND ID to add remove VLAND ID to remove no Remove the list of forbidden VLANs Default Setting None Command Mode Interface Config 5 2 3 23 switchport priority This command configures the default 802 1p port priority assigned for untagged packets for a specific interface Syntax switchport priority 0 7 no switchport priority 0 7 The range for the priori...

Страница 100: ... protocol group This command adds the physical interface to the protocol based VLAN identified by group name A group may have more than one interface associated with it Each interface and protocol combination can only be associated with one group If adding an interface to a group causes any conflicts with protocols currently associated with the group this command will fail and the interface s will...

Страница 101: ...tting None Command Mode Global Config This command adds all physical interfaces to the protocol based VLAN identified by group name A group may have more than one interface associated with it Each interface and protocol combination can only be associated with one group If adding an interface to a group causes any conflicts with protocols currently associated with the group this command will fail a...

Страница 102: ... the group this command will fail and the protocol will not be added to the group The possible values for protocol are ip arp and ipx Syntax switchport protocol group add protocol group name ip arp ipx no switchport protocol group add protocol group name ip arp ipx group name a VLAN Group Name a character string of 1 to 16 characters ip IP protocol arp ARP protocol ipx IPX protocol no This command...

Страница 103: ...Setting None Command Mode Privileged Exec Display Message Interfaces Enabled for DVLAN Tunneling Valid interface s support s DVLAN Tunneling When using show dot1q tunnel dvlan tunnel interface Interface Valid slot and port number separated by forward slashes Mode This field specifies the administrative mode through which Double VLAN Tunneling can be enabled or disabled The default value for this f...

Страница 104: ... Command Mode Interface Config 5 2 4 3 switchport dvlan tunnel dot1q tunnel ethertype This command configures the ether type for specific interface The ether type may have the values of 802 1Q vMAN or custom If the ether type has a value of custom the optional value of the custom ether type must be set to a value from 0 to 65535 Syntax switchport dvlan tunnel dot1q tunnel ethertype 802 1Q custom 0...

Страница 105: ...tributes Registration Protocol GARP information Syntax show bridge ext Default Setting None Command Mode Privileged Exec User Exec Display Message GMRP Admin Mode This displays the administrative mode of GARP Multicast Registration Protocol GMRP for the system GVRP Admin Mode This displays the administrative mode of GARP VLAN Registration Protocol GVRP for the system ...

Страница 106: ...register request for an attribute before deleting the attribute Current attributes are a VLAN or multicast group This may be considered a buffer time for another station to assert registration for the same attribute in order to maintain uninterrupted service There is an instance of this timer on a per Port per GARP participant basis Permissible values are 20 to 600 centiseconds 0 2 to 6 0 seconds ...

Страница 107: ...n unregister request for an attribute before deleting the attribute Current attributes are a VLAN or multicast group This may be considered a buffer time for another station to assert registration for the same attribute in order to maintain uninterrupted service There is an instance of this timer on a per Port per GARP participant basis Permissible values are 20 to 600 centiseconds 0 2 to 6 0 seco...

Страница 108: ...no parameter All interfaces Default Setting None Command Mode Privileged Exec User Exec Display Message Interface This displays the slot port of the interface that this row in the table describes GVRP Mode Indicates the GVRP administrative mode for the port It may be enabled or disabled If this parameter is disabled Join Time Leave Time and Leave All Time have no effect The factory default is disa...

Страница 109: ... command disables GVRP Default Setting Disabled Command Mode Global Config 5 2 5 6 bridge ext gmrp This command enables GARP Multicast Registration Protocol GMRP on the system The default value is disabled Syntax bridge ext gmrp no bridge ext gmrp no This command disables GARP Multicast Registration Protocol GMRP on the system Default Setting Disabled Command Mode Global Config ...

Страница 110: ... a specific port If GVRP is disabled Join Time Leave Time and Leave All Time have no effect Default Setting Disabled Command Mode Interface Config This command enables GVRP GARP VLAN Registration Protocol for all ports Syntax switchport gvrp all no switchport gvrp all all All interfaces no This command disables GVRP GARP VLAN Registration Protocol for all ports If GVRP is disabled Join Time Leave ...

Страница 111: ...nlisted as a member of a port channel LAG GMRP functionality will be disabled on that interface GMRP functionality will subsequently be re enabled if routing is disabled or port channel LAG membership is removed from an interface that has GMRP enabled Default Setting Disabled Command Mode Interface Config This command enables GMRP Multicast Registration Protocol on all interfaces If an interface w...

Страница 112: ...entiseconds 0 2 seconds This command has an effect only when GVRP and GMRP are enabled Default Setting 20 centiseconds 0 2 seconds Command Mode Interface Config This command sets the GVRP join time for all ports and per GARP Join time is the interval between the transmission of GARP Protocol Data Units PDUs registering or re registering membership for a VLAN or multicast group This command has an ...

Страница 113: ...0 600 no garp timer leave 20 600 leave time Range 20 600 in centiseconds no This command sets the GVRP leave time per port to 60 centiseconds 0 6 seconds Default Setting 60 centiseconds 0 6 seconds Command Mode Interface Config This command sets the GVRP leave time for all ports Leave time is the time to wait after receiving an unregister request for a VLAN or a multicast group before deleting the...

Страница 114: ...gistrations will be unregistered Participants would need to rejoin in order to maintain registration The value applies per port and per GARP participation The time may range from 200 to 6000 centiseconds This command has an effect only when GVRP and GMRP are enabled Syntax garp timer leaveall 200 6000 no garp timer leaveall 200 6000 leave time Range 200 6000 in centiseconds no This command sets ho...

Страница 115: ...ion The value applies per port and per GARP participation The time may range from 200 to 6000 centiseconds This command has an effect only when GVRP and GMRP are enabled Syntax garp timer leaveall all 200 6000 no garp timer leaveall all 200 6000 leave time Range 200 6000 in centiseconds all All interfaces no This command sets how frequently Leave All PDUs are generated for all ports to 1000 centis...

Страница 116: ...l configuration command Use the no ip igmp snooping to disable IGMP Snooping on the system Syntax ip igmp snooping no ip igmp snooping Default Setting Disabled Command Mode Global Config 5 2 6 2 clear igmp snooping The user can go to the CLI Privilege Exec to clear IGMP Snooping entries from the MFDB table use the clear igmp snooping priviledge configuration command Syntax clear igmp snooping Defa...

Страница 117: ...e Command Mode Global Config Interface Config 5 2 6 4 ip igmp snooping fast leave The user can go to the CLI Global Interface Configuration Mode to set IGMP Snooping fast leave admin mode on a selected interface or all interfaces use the ip igmpsnooping fast leave global interface configuration command Use the no ip igmp snooping fast leave disable IGMP Snooping fast leave admin mode Syntax ip igm...

Страница 118: ...e Global Config Interface Config 5 2 6 6 ip igmp snooping mcrtrexpiretime The user can go to the CLI Interface Global Interface Configuration Mode to set the Multicast Router Present Expiration time for the system or on a particular interface use the ip igmp snooping mcrtrexpiretime 0 3600 global interface configuration command Use the no ip igmp snooping mcrtrexpiretime to return to default value...

Страница 119: ...gmp snooping mrouter interface vlan id disable multicast router attached mode for the interface or a VLAN Syntax ip igmp snooping mrouter interface vlan id no ip igmp snooping mrouter interface vlan id vlan id VLAN ID Range 1 4093 Default Setting None Command Mode Interface Config 5 2 6 8 set igmp The user can go to the CLI VLAN database Mode to set IGMP Snooping on a particular VLAN use the set i...

Страница 120: ...e to set IGMP Snooping fast leave admin mode on a particular VLAN use the set igmp fast leave vlan id vlan configuration command Use the no set igmp fast leave vlan id disable IGMP Snooping fast leave admin mode Syntax set igmp fast leave vlan id no set igmp fast leave vlan id vlan id VLAN ID Range 1 4093 Default Setting Disabled Command Mode VLAN database ...

Страница 121: ...interval vlan id vlan id VLAN ID Range 1 4093 2 3600 The range of group membership interval time is 2 to 3600 seconds Default Setting 260 Command Mode VLAN database 5 2 6 11 set igmp maxresponse The user can go to the CLI Interface VLAN database Mode to set the IGMP Maximum Response time on a particular VLAN use the set igmp maxresponse vlan id 1 25 vlan configuration command Use the no set igmp m...

Страница 122: ...piretime vlan id vlan id VLAN ID Range 1 4093 0 3600 The range of the Multicat Router Present Expire time is 0 to 3600 seconds Default Setting 0 Command Mode VLAN database 5 2 6 13 set igmp report suppression The user can go to the CLI VLAN Configuration Mode to set IGMP Snooping report suppression admin mode on a particular VLAN use the set igmp report suppression vlan id vlan configuration comma...

Страница 123: ...093 Default Setting Disable Command Mode VLAN database 5 2 6 15 ip igmp snooping static The user can go to the Global Mode and add a port to multicast group use the ip igmp snooping static Global command The MAC address of the L2Mcast Group in the format 01 00 5e xx xx xx Syntax ip igmp snooping static macaddr vlan vlan id interface slot port port channel portchannel id no ip igmp snooping static ...

Страница 124: ...Config 5 2 6 17 show ip igmp snooping The user can go to the CLI Privilege Exec to get all of igmp snooping information use the show ip igmp snooping Privilege command Syntax show ip igmp snooping interface slot port vlan vlan id port channel portchannel id slot port Interface number vlan id VLAN ID Range 1 4093 portchannel id Port channel interface number The range of port channel ID is 1 to 64 D...

Страница 125: ...time to wait before removing an interface that is participating on the interface from the list of interfaces with multicast routers attached The interface is removed if a query is not received This value may be configured When you specify a value for vlan id the following information appears VLAN ID VLAN Id IGMP Snooping Admin Mode Indicates whether IGMP Snooping is active on the VLAN Fast Leave M...

Страница 126: ...ng mrouter interface Privilege command Syntax show ip igmp snooping mrouter interface slot port port channel portchannel id slot port Interface number portchannel id Port channel interface number The range of port channel ID is 1 to 64 Default Setting None Command Mode Privilege Exec Display Message Interface Shows the interface on which multicast router information is being displayed Multicast Ro...

Страница 127: ...how ip igmp snooping mrouter vlan Privilege command Syntax show ip igmp snooping mrouter vlan slot port port channel portchannel id slot port Interface number portchannel id Port channel interface number The range of port channel ID is 1 to 64 Default Setting None Command Mode Privilege Exec Display Message VLAN ID Displays the list of VLANs of which the interface is a member Interface Shows the i...

Страница 128: ...ping static Privilege command Syntax show ip igmp snooping static Default Setting None Command Mode Privilege Exec Display Message VLAN The VLAN ID used with the MAC address to fully identify packets you want L2Mcast Group MAC Address The MAC address of the L2Mcast Group in the format 01 00 5e xx xx xx Port List the ports you want included into L2Mcast Group State The active interface number belon...

Страница 129: ...wodigit hexadecimal numbers that are separated by colons for example 01 00 5e 67 89 AB Type The type of entry which is either static added by the user or dynamic added to the table as a result of a learning process or protocol Description The text description of this multicast table entry Interfaces The list of interfaces that are designated for forwarding Fwd and filtering Flt 5 2 6 22 show ip ig...

Страница 130: ...address is not equal to the current entry s Source the destination IP address is equal to the current entry s Group and the VLAN ID on which it arrived is current entry s VLAN 5 2 6 23 show ip igmp snooping ssm groups The user can go to the CLI Privilege Exec to display the IGMP Snooping ssm groups in the Source Specific Multicast Forwarding Database MFDB table use the show ip igmp snooping ssm gr...

Страница 131: ... MFDB table use the show ip igmp snooping ssm stats Privilege command Syntax show ip igmp snooping ssm stats Default Setting None Command Mode Privilege Exec Display Message Total Entries The total number of entries that can possibly be in the IGMP snooping s SSMFDB Most SSM FDB Entries Ever Used The largest number of entries that have been present in the IGMP snooping s SSMFDB Current Entries The...

Страница 132: ...tax ip igmp snooping querier no ip igmp snooping querier Default Setting Disabled Command Mode Global Config 5 2 7 2 ip igmp snooping querier address The user can go to the CLI Global Configuration Mode to set IGMP snooping querier address use the ip igmp snooping querier address ip address global configuration command Use the no ip igmp snooping querier address return to default value Syntax ip i...

Страница 133: ...ng querier query interval 1 1800 set IGMP snooping querier query interval Default Setting 60 Command Mode Global Config 5 2 7 4 ip igmp snooping querier querier expiry interval The user can go to the CLI Global Configuration Mode to set IGMP snooping querier querier expiry interval use the ip igmp snooping querier querier expiry interval 60 300 global configuration command Use the no ip igmp snoop...

Страница 134: ...uerier version 1 2 no ip igmp snooping querier version 1 2 set IGMP version of the querier Default Setting 2 Command Mode Global Config 5 2 7 6 ip igmp snooping querier vlan The user can go to the CLI Global Configuration Mode to set IGMP snooping querier vlan admin mode use the ip igmp snooping querier vlan vlan id global configuration command Use the no ip igmp snooping querier vlan vlan id retu...

Страница 135: ...address ip address Default Setting 0 0 0 0 Command Mode Global Config 5 2 7 8 ip igmp snooping querier vlan election participate The user can go to the CLI Global Configuration Mode to set IGMP snooping querier vlan election participate mode use the ip igmp snooping querier vlan election participate vlan id global configuration command Use the no ip igmp snooping querier vlan election participate ...

Страница 136: ...ress is used when no address is configured on the VLAN on which query is being sent IGMP Version Specify the IGMP protocol version used in periodic IGMP queries Querier Query Interval Specify the time interval in seconds between periodic queries sent by the snooping querier The Query Interval must be a value in the range of 1 and 1800 The default value is 60 Querier Expiry Interval Specify the tim...

Страница 137: ...ipate mode on the VLAN When this mode is disabled up on seeing a query of the same version in the vlan the snooping querier move to non querier state Only when this mode is enabled the snooping querier will participate in querier election where in the least ip address will win the querier election and operates as the querier in that VLAN The other querier moves to non querier state Querier Vlan Ad...

Страница 138: ...ss to be used as source address in periodic IGMP queries This address is used when no address is configured on the VLAN on which query is being sent IGMP Version Specify the IGMP protocol version used in periodic IGMP queries Querier Query Interval Specify the time interval in seconds between periodic queries sent by the snooping querier The Query Interval must be a value in the range of 1 and 180...

Страница 139: ...d Multicast Control Frame Count Displays the number of MLD Control frames that are processed by the CPU VLANs Enabled for MLD Snooping VLANs on which MLD Snooping is enabled VLANs Block enabled for snooping VLANs on which IGMP MLD Snooping is blocked When you specify the slot port or portchannel id values the following information displays MLD Snooping Admin Mode Indicates whether MLD Snooping is ...

Страница 140: ...e list of interfaces with multicast routers attached The interface is removed if a query is not received This value may be configured Report Suppression Mode Admin mode of MLD Snooping Report Suppression Mode Vlan Block Mode VLANs on which IGMP MLD Snooping is blocked 5 2 8 2 show ipv6 mld snooping mrouter interface The user can go to the CLI Privilege Exec to display information about statically ...

Страница 141: ...6 mld snooping mrouter vlan Privilege command Syntax show ipv6 mld snooping mrouter vlan slot port port channel portchannel id slot port Interface number portchannel id Port channel interface number The range of port channel ID is 1 to 64 Default Setting None Command Mode Privileged Exec User Exec Display Message VLAN ID Displays the list of VLANs of which the interface is a member Interface Shows...

Страница 142: ...static Privilege command Syntax show ipv6 mld snooping static Default Setting None Command Mode Privilege Exec User Exec Display Message VLAN The VLAN ID used with the MAC address to fully identify packets you want L2Mcast Group MAC Address The MAC address of the L2Mcast Group in the format 33 33 xx xx xx xx Port List the ports you want included into L2Mcast Group State The active interface number...

Страница 143: ...fault Setting None Command Mode Privileged Exec Display Message MAC Address A multicast MAC address for which the switch has forwarding or filtering information The format is twodigit hexadecimal numbers that are separated by colons for example 33 33 45 67 89 AB Type The type of entry which is either static added by the user or dynamic added to the table as a result of a learning process or protoc...

Страница 144: ...ource Ip The IPv6 source address Source Filter Mode The source filter mode Include Exclude for the specified group Interfaces 3 If Source Filter Mode is include specifies the list of interfaces on which a incoming packet is forwarded If it s source IP address is equal to the current entry s Source the destination IP address is equal to the current entry s Group and the VLAN ID on which it arrived ...

Страница 145: ...Privilege command Syntax show ipv6 mld snooping ssm groups Default Setting None Command Mode Privilege Exec Display Message VLAN ID VLAN on which the MLDv2 report is received Group The IPv6 multicast group address Interface The interface on which the MLDv2 report is received Reporter The IPv6 address of the host that sent the MLDv2 report Source Filter Mode The source filter mode Include Exclude f...

Страница 146: ... Message Total Entries The total number of entries that can possibly be in the MLD snooping s SSMFDB Most SSM FDB Entries Ever Used The largest number of entries that have been present in the MLD snooping s SSMFDB Current Entries The current number of entries in the MLD snooping s SSMFDB 5 2 8 9 ipv6 mld snooping The user can go to the CLI Global Configuration Mode to set MLD Snooping on the syste...

Страница 147: ...Command Mode Privilege Exec 5 2 8 11 ipv6 mld snooping interfacemode The user can go to the CLI Global Interface Configuration Mode to set MLD Snooping on one interface or all interfaces use the ipv6 mld snooping interfacemode to enable MLD snooping on global interface Use the no ipv6 mld snooping interfacemode to disable MLD Snooping on global interfaces Syntax ipv6 mld snooping interfacemode all...

Страница 148: ...t leave Default Setting Disabled Command Mode Global Config Interface Config 5 2 8 13 ipv6 mld snooping groupmembershipinterval The user can go to the CLI Global Interface Configuration Mode to set the MLD Group Membership Interval time on one interface or all interfaces use the ipv6 mld snooping groupmembershipinterval 2 3600 global interface configuration command Use the no ipv6 mld snooping gro...

Страница 149: ...conds A value of 0 indicates an infinite time out i e no expiration Default Setting 0 Command Mode Global Config Interface Config 5 2 8 15 ipv6 mld snooping mrouter interface The user can go to the CLI Interface Configuration Mode to configure the interface as a multicast router attached interface or configure the VLAN ID for the VLAN that has the multicast router attached mode enabled use the ipv...

Страница 150: ...t port port channel portchannel id macaddr Static MAC address vlan id VLAN ID Range 1 4093 slot port Interface number portchannel id Port channel interface number The range of port channel ID is 1 to 64 Default Setting None Command Mode Global Config 5 2 8 17 set mld The user can go to the CLI VLAN database Mode to set MLD Snooping on a particular VLAN use the set mld vlan id vlan configuration co...

Страница 151: ...AN ID Range 1 4093 Default Setting Disabled Command Mode VLAN database 5 2 8 19 set mld groupmembership interval The user can go to the CLI VLAN Configuration Mode to set the MLD Group Membership Interval time on a particular VLAN use the set mld groupmembership interval vlan id 2 3600 vlan configuration command Use the no set mld groupmembership interval vlan id return to default value 260 Syntax...

Страница 152: ...e must be less than the MLD Query Interval time value The range is 1 to 65 seconds Default Setting 10 Command Mode VLAN database 5 2 8 21 set mld mcrtrexpiretime The user can go to the CLI Interface VLAN Configuration Mode to set the Multicast Router Present Expiration time on a particular VLAN use the set mld mcrtrexpiretime vlan id 0 3600 vlan configuration command Use the no set mld mcrtrexpire...

Страница 153: ...LAN on which query is being sent Querier Address Specify the Snooping Querier Address to be used as source address in periodic MLD queries This address is used when no address is configured on the VLAN on which query is being sent MLD Version Specify the MLD protocol version used in periodic MLD queries Querier Query Interval Specify the time interval in seconds between periodic queries sent by th...

Страница 154: ...ress will win the querier election and operates as the querier in that VLAN The other querier moves to non querier state Querier Election Participation Mode Displays the querier election participate mode on the VLAN When this mode is disabled up on seeing a query of the same version in the vlan the snooping querier move to non querier state Only when this mode is enabled the snooping querier will ...

Страница 155: ...g Querier Address to be used as source address in periodic MLD queries This address is used when no address is configured on the VLAN on which query is being sent MLD Version Specify the MLD protocol version used in periodic IGMP queries Querier Query Interval Specify the time interval in seconds between periodic queries sent by the snooping querier The Query Interval must be a value in the range ...

Страница 156: ...t Setting Disabled Command Mode Global Config 5 2 9 5 ipv6 mld snooping querier address The user can go to the CLI Global Configuration Mode to set MLD snooping querier address use the ipv6 mld snooping querier address ipv6 address global configuration command Use the ipv6 mld snooping querier address ipv6 address return to default value zero Syntax ipv6 mld snooping querier address ipv6 address n...

Страница 157: ...oping querier querier interval 1 1800 set MLD snooping querier query interval Default Setting 60 Command Mode Global Config 5 2 9 7 ipv6 mld snooping querier querier expiry interval The user can go to the CLI Global Configuration Mode to set MLD snooping querier querier expiry interval use the ipv6 mld snooping querier querier expiry interval 60 300 global configuration command Use the no ipv6 mld...

Страница 158: ... Setting Command Mode Global Config 5 2 9 9 ipv6 mld snooping querier vlan address The user can go to the CLI Global Configuration Mode to set MLD snooping querier vlan address use the ipv6 mld snooping querier vlan vlan id address ip address global configuration command Use the no ipv6 mld snooping querier vlan vlan id address ip address return to default value zero Syntax ipv6 mld snooping queri...

Страница 159: ...an election participate mode use the ipv6 mld snooping querier vlan election participate vlan id global configuration command Use the no ipv6 mld snooping querier vlan election participate vlan id return to disable Syntax ipv6 mld snooping querier vlan election participate vlan id no ipv6 mld snooping querier vlan election participate vlan id vlan id VLAN ID Range 1 4093 Default Setting Disabled C...

Страница 160: ...d displays the name of the port channel Link State This field indicates whether the link is up or down Trap Flag This object determines whether or not to send a trap when link status changes The factory default is enabled Type This field displays the status designating whether a particular port channel LAG is statically or dynamically maintained The possible values of this field are Static indicat...

Страница 161: ...tatus designating whether a particular port channel LAG is statically or dynamically maintained The possible values of this field are Static indicating that the port channel is statically maintained and Dynamic indicating that the port channel is dynamically maintained Load Balance Option This field displays the load balance status whether a particular port channel LAG is maintained Mbr Ports A li...

Страница 162: ...ays the status designating whether a particular port channel LAG is statically or dynamically maintained The possible values of this field are Static indicating that the port channel is statically maintained and Dynamic indicating that the port channel is dynamically maintained Mbr Ports A listing of the ports that are members of this port channel LAG in slot port notation There can be a maximum o...

Страница 163: ...g a port in a port channel set the port physical mode See speed command Syntax interface port channel portchannel id no interface port channel portchannel id portchannel id The port channel interface number to be created The range of the port channel ID is 1 to 64 no This command delete the specified port channel Default Setting None Command Mode Global Config Command Usage Max number of port chan...

Страница 164: ...ts every configured port channel with the same administrative mode setting Default Setting Enabled Command Mode Global Config 5 2 10 4 staticcapability This command enables the static function to support on specific port channel static link aggregations LAGs on the device By default the static capability for all of port channels is disabled Syntax staticcapability no staticcapability no This comma...

Страница 165: ...h the same administrative mode setting Syntax port channel linktrap ID all no port channel linktrap ID all ID The port channel interface number The range of the port channel ID is 1 to 64 all all port channel interfaces no This command disables link trap notifications for the port channel LAG The interface is a ID for a configured port channel The option all sets every configured port channel with...

Страница 166: ...annel load balance ID all src mac Sets the mode on the source MAC address dst mac Sets the mode on the destination MAC address dst src mac Sets the mode on the source and destination MAC addresses src ip Sets the mode on the source IP address dst ip Sets the mode on the destination IP address dst src ip Sets the mode on the source and destination IP addresses enhanced Set the mode on the source an...

Страница 167: ...oad balance src mac Sets the mode on the source MAC address dst mac Sets the mode on the destination MAC address dst src mac Sets the mode on the source and destination MAC addresses src ip Sets the mode on the source IP address dst ip Sets the mode on the destination IP address dst src ip Sets the mode on the source and destination IP addresses enhanced Set the mode on the source and destination ...

Страница 168: ...ax port channel system priority priority value priority value valid value 0 65535 Default Setting 32768 Command Mode Global Config 5 2 10 8 adminmode This command enables a port channel LAG members The interface is a ID for a configured port channel Syntax adminmode no adminmode no This command disables a configured port channel LAG Default Setting Enabled Command Mode Interface Config ...

Страница 169: ...lacp no This command disables Link Aggregation Control Protocol LACP on a port Default Setting Enabled Command Mode Interface Config This command enables Link Aggregation Control Protocol LACP on all ports Syntax lacp all no lacp all all All interfaces no This command disables Link Aggregation Control Protocol LACP on all ports Default Setting Enabled Command Mode Global Config ...

Страница 170: ...is command set actor partner admin state value of Link Aggregation Control Protocol LACP on a port Syntax lacp actor partner admin state individual longtimeout passive no lacp actor partner admin state individual longtimeout passive individual Set lacp admin state to individual Use no form to set to aggregation longtimeout Set lacp admin state longtimeout Use no form to set to shorttimeout passive...

Страница 171: ... restores actor partner port priority value of Link Aggregation Control Protocol LACP on a port Default Setting 128 Command Mode Interface Config This command set actor partner system priority value of Link Aggregation Control Protocol LACP Syntax lacp actor partner system priority priority value no lacp actor partner system priority priority value range 0 65535 no This command restores actor part...

Страница 172: ...ollector max delay time of Link Aggregation Control Protocol LACP on a port channel Default Setting 0 Command Mode Interface Config 5 2 10 11 lacp min links This command configures the minimum links for Link Aggregation Syntax lacp min links 1 32 no lacp no This command resotre the min links to default value Default Setting 1 Command Mode Interface Port channel Config Command Usage The maximum num...

Страница 173: ... no This command resotre the fallback feature to default value Default Setting Disabled Command Mode Interface Port channel Config 5 2 10 13 lacp fallback timeout This command configures the fallback timeout value for Link Aggregation Syntax lacp fallback timeout 1 100 no lacp fallback no This command resotre the fallback feature to default value Default Setting 5 Command Mode Interface Port chann...

Страница 174: ...hannel group If you enter this command on an interface that is added to a channel with a different protocol than the protocol you are entering the command is rejected Syntax channel group ID mode active on no channel group ID ID Port Channel Interface number The range of the port channel ID is 1 to 64 active Enables LACP unconditionally on Enables static mode Cisco EtherChannel like no Removes the...

Страница 175: ... command deletes all configured ports from the port channel LAG The interface is a ID of a configured port channel Syntax delete channel group ID all ID Port channel Interface number The range of the port channel ID is 1 to 64 all All members for specific Port channel Default Setting None Command Mode Global Config ...

Страница 176: ...isplays status of storm control broadcast Rate Displays rate in pps packet per second for storm control broadcast Action Shutdown or send trap when storm is detected This command is used to display multicast storm control information Syntax show storm control multicast Default Setting None Command Mode Privileged Exec Display Message Intf Displays interface number Mode Displays status of storm con...

Страница 177: ...torm control information Syntax show storm control unicast Default Setting None Command Mode Privileged Exec Display Message Intf Displays interface number Mode Displays status of storm control unicast Rate Displays rate in pps packet per second for storm control unicast Action Shutdown or send trap when storm is detected ...

Страница 178: ...resholds table Syntax storm control broadcast no storm control broadcast no This command disables broadcast storm recovery mode on the selected interface The threshold implementation follows a percentage pattern If the broadcast traffic on any Ethernet port exceeds the high threshold percentage as represented in Broadcast Storm Recovery Thresholds table of the link speed the switch discards the br...

Страница 179: ...lticast no storm control multicast no This command disables multicast storm recovery mode on the selected interface Default Setting None Command Mode Interface Config This command enables multicast storm recovery mode on all interfaces Syntax storm control multicast no storm control multicast no This command disables multicast storm recovery mode on all interfaces Default Setting None Command Mode...

Страница 180: ...ol unicast no storm control unicast no This command disables unicast storm recovery mode on the selected interface Default Setting None Command Mode Interface Config This command enables unicast storm recovery mode on all interfaces Syntax storm control unicast no storm control unicast no This command disables unicast storm recovery mode on all interfaces Default Setting None Command Mode Global C...

Страница 181: ... is detected The actions include shutdown the interfae and send a SNMP trap if the storm occurs Syntax storm control action shutdown trap no storm control shutdown trap shutdown To shutdown the interface if the storm occurs trap To send SNMP trap if the storm occurs no This command disables unicast storm recovery mode on all interfaces Default Setting None Command Mode Interface Config ...

Страница 182: ...broadcast traffic Note pps packet per second Default Setting 4160 for 10G interfaces 512 for 1G interfaces Command Mode Interface Config This command will protect your network from broadcast storms by setting a threshold level for broadcast traffic on all ports Syntax switchport broadcast all rate 1 14880000 1 14880000 Specify the threshold for broadcast traffic all This command represents all int...

Страница 183: ...multicast traffic Note pps packet per second Default Setting 4160 for 10G interfaces 512 for 1G interfaces Command Mode Interface Config This command will protect your network from multicast storms by setting a threshold level for multicast traffic on all ports Syntax switchport multicast all rate 1 14880000 1 14880000 Specify the threshold for multicast traffic all This command represents all int...

Страница 184: ...unicast traffic Note pps packet per second Default Setting 4160 for 10G interfaces 512 for 1G interfacces Command Mode Interface Config This command will protect your network from unicast storms by setting a threshold level for unicast traffic on all ports Syntax switchport unicast all rate 1 14880000 1 14880000 Specify the threshold for unicast traffic all This command represents all interfaces N...

Страница 185: ... interface Syntax show queue cos map slot port port channel portchannel id slot port Interface number portchannel id Port channel interface number The range of port channel ID is 1 to 64 Default Setting None Command Mode Privileged Exec Display Message User Priority Displays the 802 1p priority to be mapped Traffic Class Displays internal traffic class to map the corresponding 802 1p priority ...

Страница 186: ...e CoS value to the CoS priority queue Syntax queue cos map priority queue id no queue cos map queue id The queue id of the CoS priority queue Range 0 7 priority The CoS value that is mapped to the queue id Range 0 7 no Sets the CoS map to the default values Default Setting priority queue 0 1 1 0 2 0 3 1 4 2 5 2 6 3 7 3 Command Mode Interface Config ...

Страница 187: ...e Session ID indicates the session ID Admin Mode indicates whether the Port Monitoring feature is enabled or disabled The possible values are enabled and disabled Dest Port is the slot port that is configured as the probe port If this value has not been configured Not Configured will be displayed Source Port is the slot port that is configured as the monitored port If this value has not been confi...

Страница 188: ...lot port port channel portchannel id vlan vlan id remote vlan vlan id rx tx destination interface slot port remote vlan vlan id reflector port slot port filter ip access group acl id name mac access group acl name no monitor session session id source interface slot port port channel portchannel id vlan remote vlan destination interface remote vlan slot port Interface number portchannel id Port cha...

Страница 189: ...d the administrative mode of the session If enabled the probe port monitors all the traffic received and transmitted on the physical monitored port Syntax monitor session session id mode no monitor session session id mode session id Session ID no This command disables port monitoring function for a monitor session Default Setting None Command Mode Global Config ...

Страница 190: ...how link state information Syntax show link state Command Mode Global Config Display Message Admin Mode the link state admin mode Group ID The group ID for each displayed row Mode This group was set which mode UpStream Display such port was included to UpStream set DownStream Display such port was included to DownStream set ...

Страница 191: ...mmand to disable the function Create Destroy the link state group Use link state group to create a group Use no command to destroy the group Enable Disable a link state group Use link state group enable group id to enable individual group and use no command to disable a group Syntax link state group enable 1 6 no link state group 1 6 enable 1 6 no This command disables link state function Command ...

Страница 192: ...p Set upstream port or downstream port for a link state group Use link state group group id upstream to set the port to be monitored Syntax link state group 1 6 downstream upstream no link state group 1 6 downstream upstream no This command disables link state group function Command Mode Interface Config ...

Страница 193: ...EC Display Message Admin Mode Indicates whether or not port backup is active on the switch Group ID The Group ID for each displayed row Mode Indicates whether or not the group is active MAC Update Indicates whether or not mac move update is enable on the group Active Port Display the active port number Backup Port Display the active port number Current Active Port Display the current active port n...

Страница 194: ...group support the mac move update Use port backup group group id mac move update to enable individual group and use no command to disable a group Syntax port backup group enable 1 6 1 6 failback time 0 60 mac move update no port backup group enable 1 6 1 6 failback time 0 60 mac move update no This command disables port backup function Command Mode Global Config 5 2 15 3 port backup group Set acti...

Страница 195: ...ommand to display the hardware information for the 40G ports The command displays the 40G interface and the corresponding 10G interfaces A change on the configuration will be effective with the next boot of the switch Syntax show interface port mode slot port slot port Specify an 40G interface to display Command Mode Privileged EXEC Display Message 40G Interface Indicates the interface number of 4...

Страница 196: ...hanged it will not take effect immediately until the next boot cycle Syntax port mode 1x40g 4x10g 1x40g Configure the port as a single 40G port using four lanes 4x10g Configure the port as a four 10G ports each on a separate lane This mode requires the use of a suitable 4x10G to 1x40G pigtail cable no This command resets to the default value The default value is 1x40g Command Mode Interface Config...

Страница 197: ... panel ports through which traffic is switched or routed Syntax show ip interface Default Setting None Command Mode Privileged Exec User Exec Display Message VLAN ID Indicates whether the VLAN ID is used for this vlan interface Interface Indicates whether the interface number for this interface Interface Status Indicates whether the interface is up or down IP Address The IP address of the interfac...

Страница 198: ...x The index of stations IP Address The IP address of stations that are allowed to make configuration changes to the Switch 5 3 1 3 mtu This command sets the maximum transmission unit MTU size in bytes for physical and port channel LAG interfaces For the standard implementation the range of 1518 12288 is a valid integer between 1518 12288 Syntax mtu 1518 12288 no mtu 1518 12288 Max frame size Range...

Страница 199: ... Command Mode Global Config 5 3 1 5 ip address This command sets the IP Address and subnet mask The IP Address and the gateway must be on the same subnet Syntax ip address ipaddr netmask no ip address ipaddr IP address netmask Subnet Mask no Restore the default IP address and Subnet Mask Default Setting IP address 0 0 0 0 Subnet Mask 0 0 0 0 Command Mode Interface Vlan Config Command Usage Once th...

Страница 200: ... default gateway no Restore the default IP address of the default gateway Default Setting IP address 0 0 0 0 Command Mode Global Config 5 3 1 7 ip address dhcp This command specifies the network configuration protocol to be used If you modify this value the change is effective immediately Syntax ip address dhcp restart dhcp Obtains IP address from DHCP restart To restart the DHCP process Default S...

Страница 201: ...able ip filter Default Setting Disabled Command Mode Global Config This command is used to set an IP address to be a filter Syntax ip filter name ipv4 ipv6 ipAddr mask no ip filter name name The name of the IP filter ipAddr Configure a IP address to the filter mask Specifies the mask for a range filter no Remove this IP address from filter Default Setting None Command Mode Global Config ...

Страница 202: ... Size The number of bits in a character The number of bits is always 8 Flow Control Whether Hardware Flow Control is enabled or disabled Hardware Flow Control is always disabled Stop Bits The number of Stop bits per character The number of Stop bits is always 1 Parity The Parity Method used on the Serial Port The Parity Method is always None Password Threshold When the logon attempt threshold is r...

Страница 203: ... None Command Mode Global Config 5 3 2 3 baudrate This command specifies the communication rate of the terminal interface The supported rates are 1200 2400 4800 9600 19200 38400 57600 115200 Syntax baudrate 1200 2400 4800 9600 19200 38400 57600 115200 no baudrate no This command sets the communication rate of the terminal interface to 115200 Default Setting 115200 Command Mode Line Config ...

Страница 204: ...0 160 0 160 max connect time Range 0 160 0 forever no This command sets the maximum connect time in minutes without console activity to 5 Default Setting 5 Command Mode Line Config 5 3 2 5 password threshold This command is used to set the password instruction threshold limiting the number of failed login attempts Syntax password threshold 0 120 no password threshold threshold max threshold Range ...

Страница 205: ...eshold value Syntax silent time 0 65535 0 65535 silent time Range 0 65535 in seconds no This command sets the maximum value to the default Default Setting 0 Command Mode Line Config 5 3 2 7 terminal length This command uses to configure the columns per page for the management console Syntax terminal length 0 5 48 0 5 48 Columns per page Range 0 or 5 48 no This command sets the value to the default...

Страница 206: ...de where by default the operational mode is character mode Default Setting None Command Mode Privileged Exec User Exec 5 3 3 2 show line vty This command displays telnet settings Syntax show line vty Default Setting None Command Mode Privileged Exec Display Message Remote Connection Login Timeout minutes This object indicates the number of minutes a remote connection session is allowed to remain i...

Страница 207: ...rd Threshold When the logon attempt threshold is reached on the console port the system interface becomes silent for a specified amount of time before allowing the next logon attempt Use the silent time command to set this interval When this threshold is reached for Telnet the Telnet logon interface closes Terminal Length The columns per page for terminal vty port 5 3 3 3 line vty This command is ...

Страница 208: ...ctive until the session is reaccessed Any keystroke will also activate the new timeout duration Syntax exec timeout 1 160 no exec timeout sec max connect time Range 1 160 no This command sets the remote connection session timeout value in minutes to the default Default Setting 5 Command Mode Line Vty 5 3 3 5 password threshold This command is used to set the password instruction threshold limited ...

Страница 209: ...48 no This command sets the value to the default Default Setting 24 Command Mode Line Vty 5 3 3 7 maxsessions This command specifies the maximum number of remote connection sessions that can be established A value of 0 indicates that no remote connection can be established The range is 0 to 5 Syntax maxsessions 0 5 no maxsessions 0 5 max sessions Range 0 5 no This command sets the maximum value to...

Страница 210: ...erver is disabled all telnet sessions are droped Default Setting Enabled Command Mode Line Vty 5 3 3 9 sessions This command regulates new telnet sessions If sessions are enabled new telnet sessions can be established until there are no more sessions available If sessions are disabled no new telnet sessions are established An established session remains active until the session is ended or an abno...

Страница 211: ...ession is ended or an abnormal network error ends it Syntax telnet sessions no telnet sessions no This command disables new outbound telnet connections If disabled no new outbound telnet connection can be established Default Setting Enabled Command Mode Global Config 5 3 3 11 telnet maxsessions This command specifies the maximum number of simultaneous outbound telnet sessions A value of 0 indicate...

Страница 212: ...ing the timeout value for active sessions does not become effective until the session is reaccessed Any keystroke will also activate the new timeout duration Syntax telnet exec timeout 1 160 no telnet exec timeout 1 160 max connect time Range 1 160 no This command sets the remote connection session timeout value in minutes to the default Default Setting 5 Command Mode Global Config i ...

Страница 213: ...ec Display Message Outbound Telnet Login Timeout in minutes Indicates the number of minutes an outbound telnet session is allowed to remain inactive before being logged off A value of 0 which is the default results in no timeout Maximum Number of Outbound Telnet Sessions Indicates the number of simultaneous outbound telnet connections allowed Allow New Outbound Telnet Sessions Indicates whether ou...

Страница 214: ...hostname username port port id protocol protocollevel protocol protocollevel port port id ip address hostname A hostname or a valid IP address username user account port id A valid decimal integer in the range of 1 to 65535 where the default value is 22 protocollevel SSH Protocol Level Version 1 or 2 Default Setting None Command Mode Privileged Exec Display Message Connected to 192 168 2 200 use t...

Страница 215: ...e session is ended or an abnormal network error ends it Syntax sshc sessions no sshc sessions no This command disables new outbound ssh connections If disabled no new outbound ssh connection can be established Default Setting Enabled Command Mode Global Config 5 3 4 3 sshc maxsessions This command specifies the maximum number of simultaneous outbound ssh sessions A value of 0 indicates that no out...

Страница 216: ...n session timeout value in minutes to the default Default Setting 5 Command Mode Global Config 5 3 4 5 show sshc This command displays the current outbound sshc settings Syntax show sshc Default Setting None Command Mode Privileged Exec User Exec Display Message Outbound SSH Login Timeout in minutes Indicates the number of minutes an outbound ssh session is allowed to remain inactive before being ...

Страница 217: ...nfiguration the trap receiver and other SNMP community parameters Syntax show snmp Default Setting None Command Mode Privileged Exec Display Message Community String The community string to which this entry grants access A valid entry is a case sensitive alphanumeric string of up to 20 characters Each row of this table must contain a unique community name Community Access The access level for this...

Страница 218: ...conds before informs will time out when sending to this host Retries The number of times informs will be sent after timing out Username The user this mapping configures Security Level The authentication and encryption level for snmpv3 NoAuth N no authentication checksum and no encryption algorithm assigned Auth NoP md5 or sha authentication checksum assigned and no encryption algorithm assigned Au...

Страница 219: ...rs Syntax snmp server sysname name name Range is from 1 to 255 alphanumeric characters Default Setting None Command Mode Global Config 5 3 5 3 snmp server location This command sets the physical location of the switch The range for name is from 1 to 255 alphanumeric characters Syntax snmp server location loc loc range is from 1 to 255 alphanumeric characters Default Setting None Command Mode Globa...

Страница 220: ... 3 5 4 snmp server contact This command sets the organization responsible for the network The range for contact is from 1 to 255 alphanumeric characters Syntax snmp server contact con con Range is from 1 to 255 alphanumeric characters Default Setting None Command Mode Global Config ...

Страница 221: ...NMP community which can be public Read Only RO private Read Write RW or Super User SU ipaddress The associated community SNMP packet sending address and is used along with the client IP mask value to denote a range of IP addresses from which SNMP clients may use that community to access the device A value of 0 0 0 0 allows access from any IP address Otherwise this value is ANDed with the mask to d...

Страница 222: ...up name The name of the group that the community is associated with The range is 1 to 30 characters ip address Optionally the IPv4 address that the community may be accessed from Default Setting None Command Mode Global Config 5 3 5 7 show snmp engineid This command displays the currently configured SNMP engineID Syntax show snmp engineid Default Setting None Command Mode Privileged Exec Display M...

Страница 223: ...en length in the range of 6 to 32 hexadecimal characters default Sets the engine id to the default string based on the device MAC address no This command removes snmp engineID Default Setting The engineID is configured automatically based on the device MAC address Command Mode Global Config 5 3 5 9 show snmp filters This command displays the configured filters used when sending traps Syntax show s...

Страница 224: ...UANTA COMPUTER INC Layer 2 3 4 Managed Switch QuantaMesh Switching Commands 224 ...

Страница 225: ...em and asterisks may be used to specify a subtree family 1 3 4 excluded The tree is excluded from the filter included The tree is included in the filter Default Setting None Command Mode Global Config 5 3 5 11 show snmp user This command displays the currently configured SNMPv3 users Syntax show snmp user username Default Setting None Command Mode Privileged Exec Display Message Name The name of t...

Страница 226: ...UANTA COMPUTER INC Layer 2 3 4 Managed Switch QuantaMesh Switching Commands 226 ...

Страница 227: ...e is 1 to 30 characters engineid string The engine id of the remote management station that this user will be connecting from The range is 5 to 32 characters password password The password the user will use for the authentication or encryption mechanism The range is 1 to 32 characters md5 key A pregenerated MD5 authentication key The length is 32 characters sha key A pregenerated SHA authenticatio...

Страница 228: ...e group Security Model Indicates which protocol can access the system via this group Security Level Indicates the security level allowed for this group Read View The view this group provides read access to Write View The view this group provides write access to Notify View The view this group provides trap access to ...

Страница 229: ...UANTA COMPUTER INC Layer 2 3 4 Managed Switch QuantaMesh Switching Commands 229 ...

Страница 230: ...w The view this group will use during GET requests The range is 1 to 30 characters writeview The view this group will use during SET requests The range is 1 to 30 characters contextprefix The SNMPv3 context used during access Applicable only if SNMPv3 is selected notifyview The view this group will use when sending out traps The range is 1 to 30 characters no This command removes the specified gro...

Страница 231: ... Layer 2 3 4 Managed Switch QuantaMesh Switching Commands 231 Name The view name for this entry OID Tree The OID tree that this entry will include or exclude Type Indicates if this entry includes or excludes the OID tree ...

Страница 232: ...ed view name The label for the view being created The range is 1 to 30 characters oid tree The OID subtree to include or exclude from the view Subtrees may be specified by numerical 1 3 6 2 4 or keywords system and asterisks may be used to specify a subtree family 1 3 4 excluded The tree is excluded from the view included The tree is included in the view no This command removes the specified view ...

Страница 233: ...es authentication but not encryption noauth No authentication or encryption This is the default priv Enables authentication and encryption filtername The filter name to associate with this host Filters can be used to specify which traps aresent to this host The range is 1 to 30 characters udp port The SNMP Trap receiver port The default is port 162 no This command deletes trap receivers Default Se...

Страница 234: ...telnet or serial port Spanning Tree Flag May be enabled or disabled The factory default is enabled Indicates whether spanning tree traps will be sent ACL Traps May be enabled or disabled The factory default is disabled Indicates whether ACL traps will be sent BGP Traps May be enabled or disabled The factory default is disabled Indicates whether BGP traps will be sent DVMRP Traps May be enabled or ...

Страница 235: ... snmptrap link status no This command disables link status traps by interface Default Setting Disabled Command Mode Interface Config 5 3 6 3 2 snmptrap link status all This command enables link status traps for all interfaces This command is valid only when the Link Up Down Flag is enabled See snmpserver enable traps linkmode command Syntax snmp trap link status all no snmp trap link status all al...

Страница 236: ...p Default Setting Disabled Command Mode Global Config This command enables the Authentication trap Syntax snmp server enable traps authentication no snmp server enable traps authentication no This command disables the Authentication trap Default Setting Enabled Command Mode Global Config This command enables the BGP trap Syntax snmp server enable traps bgp state changes limited no snmp server enab...

Страница 237: ...es the DVMRP trap Default Setting Disabled Command Mode Global Config This command enables Link Up Down traps for the entire switch When enabled link traps are sent only if the Link Trap flag setting associated with the port is enabled see snmp trap link status command Syntax snmp server enable traps linkmode no snmp server enable traps linkmode no This command disables Link Up Down traps for the ...

Страница 238: ... failure virt bad packet virt config error if rx all if rx packet lsa all lsa maxage lsa originate overflow all lsdb overflow lsdb approaching overflow retransmit all packets virt packets rtb all rtb entry info state change all if state change neighbor state change virtif statechange virtneighbor state change no snmp server enable traps ospf all errors all authentication failure bad packet config ...

Страница 239: ...Managed Switch QuantaMesh Switching Commands 239 This command enables PIM traps Syntax snmp server enable traps pim no snmp server enable traps pim no This command disables PIM trap Default Setting Disabled Command Mode Global Config ...

Страница 240: ...raps and topology change notification traps Default Setting Enabled Command Mode Global Config This command enables the transceiver trap Syntax snmp server enable traps transceiver no snmp server enable traps transceiver no This command disables the transceiver trap Default Setting Disabled Command Mode Global Config This command enables the violation trap Syntax snmp server enable traps violation...

Страница 241: ...the SNMP client The IP address of the selected interface is used as source IP for all communications with the server Syntax show snmp source interface Default Setting None Command Mode Privileged Exec Display Message SNMP trap Client Source Interface The interface configured as the source interface for the SNMP trap inform client SNMP trap Client IPv4 Address The IP address configured on the SNMP ...

Страница 242: ...tunnel tunnel id vlan vlan id no snmptrap source interface slot port Specifies the interface to use as the source interface loopback id Specifies the loopback interface to use as the source interface The range of the loopback ID is 0 to 7 tunnel id Specifies the tunnel interface to use as the source interface The range of the tunnel ID is 0 to 7 vlan id Specifies the VLAN interface to use as the s...

Страница 243: ...sion 2 Sends SNMPv2 informs version 3 Sends SNMPv3 informs username Username of SNMPv3 auth Enables authentication but not encryption noauth No authentication or encryption This is the default priv Enables authentication and encryption filtername The filter name to associate with this host Filters can be used to specify which informs aresent to this host The range is 1 to 30 characters udp port Th...

Страница 244: ...Protocol Levels The protocol level may have the values of version 1 version 2 or both versions SSH Sessions Currently Active This field specifies the current number of SSH connections Max SSH Sessions Allowed The maximum number of inbound SSH sessions allowed on the switch SSH Timeout This field is the inactive timeout value for incoming SSH sessions to the switch Keys Present Indicates whether th...

Страница 245: ... Setting Enabled Command Mode Global Config 5 3 8 3 ip ssh protocol This command is used to set or remove protocol levels or versions for SSH Either SSH1 1 SSH2 2 or both SSH 1 and SSH 2 1 and 2 can be set Syntax ip ssh protocol protocollevel1 protocollevel2 protocollevel1 2 The protocol level can be set to SSH1 SSH2 or to both SSH 1 and SSH 2 Default Setting SSH1 and SSH2 Command Mode Global Conf...

Страница 246: ... SSH connection session timeout value in minutes A session is active as long as the session has been idle for the value set A value of 0 indicates that a session remains active indefinitely The time is a decimal value from 0 to 160 Changing the timeout value for active sessions does not become effective until the session is reaccessed Any keystroke will also activate the new timeout duration Synta...

Страница 247: ...erate no This command is used to delete the HTTPS certificate file from the device regardless of whether they are self signed or download from an outside source Default Setting None Command Mode Global Config 5 3 9 2 crypto key generate This command is used to generate an RSA or DSA key pair for SSH Syntax crypto key generate RSA DSA no crypto key generate RSA DSA no This command is used to delete...

Страница 248: ...de Global Config 5 3 10 2 ip dhcp client identifier This command is used to specify the DCHP client identifier for this switch Use the no form to restore to default value Syntax ip dhcp client identifier text text hex hex no ip dhcp client identifier text A text string Range 1 32 characters hex The hexadecimal value 00 00 00 00 00 00 no This command is used to restore to default value Default Sett...

Страница 249: ...ress dhcp This command specifies the network of IPv6 configuration protocol to be used If you modify this value the change is effective immediately Syntax ipv6 address dhcp restart dhcp Obtains IPv6 address from DHCPv6 restart To restart the DHCPv6 process Default Setting None Command Mode Interface Vlan Config Interface Config ...

Страница 250: ... none dhcp6 bootp Obtains IP address from BOOTP dhcp Obtains IP address from DHCP dhcp6 Obtains IPv6 address from DHCPv6 none Obtains IP address by setting configuration none dhcp6 Obtains IPv6 address by setting configuration Default Setting None Command Mode Global Config 5 3 11 3 serviceport protocol dhcp6 restart This command is used to initiate a DHCPv6 client request by service port interfac...

Страница 251: ...hen the time stamp exceeds the minimum wait time Admin Mode Administrative mode of the relay When you select enable BOOTP DHCP requests will be forwarded to the IP address you entered in the Server IP address field Circuit Id Option Mode This is the Relay agent option which can be either enabled or disabled When enabled Relay Agent options will be added to requests before they are forwarded to the...

Страница 252: ...xhopcount This command is used to set the maximum relay agent hops for BootP DHCP Relay on the system Syntax bootpdhcprelay maxhopcount 1 16 no bootpdhcprelay maxhopcount 1 16 maximum number of hops Range 1 16 no This command is used to reset to the default value Default Setting 4 Command Mode Global Config ...

Страница 253: ... Address The IP address associated with this agent 5 3 13 2 show sflow pollers The user can go to the CLI Privilege Exec to get the sFlow polling instances created on the switch use the show sflow pollers Privilege command Syntax show sflow pollers Default Setting None Command Mode Privilege Exec Display Message Poller Data Source The sFlowDataSource slot port for this sFlow sampler This agent wil...

Страница 254: ...ne Command Mode Privilege Exec Display Message Receiver Index The sFlow Receiver associated with the sampler poller Owner String The identity string for receiver the entity making use of this sFlowRcvrTable entry Time Out The time in seconds remaining before the receiver is released and stops sending samples to sFlow receiver Max Datagram Size The maximum number of bytes that can be sent in a sing...

Страница 255: ...how sflow samplers Default Setting None Command Mode Privilege Exec Display Message Sampler Data Source The sFlowDataSource slot port for this sFlow sampler This agent will support Physical ports only Receiver Index The sFlowReceiver configured for this sFlow sampler Packet Sampling Rate The statistical sampling rate for packet sampling from this source Max Header Size The maximum number of bytes ...

Страница 256: ... broadcast packets rate delivered by this sub layer to a higher sub layer Discarded Packets Received Rate The number of inbound packets rate which were chosen to be discarded Errors Received Rate The number of the counter rate IfInErrors Unknown Protocols Packets Received Rate The number of packets rate received via the interface which were discarded because of an unknown or unsupported protocol O...

Страница 257: ...play Message sFlow Client Source interface The interface ID of the physical or logical interface configured as the sFlow client source interface sFlow Client Source IPv4 Address The IP address of the interface configured as the sFlow client source interface 5 3 13 7 set sflow rate The user can go to the CLI Interface Configuration Mode to set sampling rate use the sflow rate 0 3600 interface confi...

Страница 258: ...er can go to the CLI Interface Configuration Mode to set maximum header size use the sflow maximum header 20 256 interface configuration command Use the no sflow maximum header return to default value 128 Syntax sflow sampler maxheadersize 20 256 no sflow sampler maxheadersize Default Setting 128 Command Mode Interface Config ...

Страница 259: ...t value 1400 Syntax sflow receiver index maxdatagram 200 9116 no sflow receiver index maxdatagram Default Setting 1400 Command Mode Global Config 5 3 13 10 set sflow receiver The user can go to the CLI Global Configuration Mode to create a receiver session use the sflow receiver index owner owner notimeout timeout timeout global configuration command Use the no sflow receiver index to remove the s...

Страница 260: ... The user can go to the CLI Global Configuration Mode to set receiver ip address use the sflow receiver index ip ip global configuration command Use the no sflow receiver index ip to clear collector ip address Syntax sflow receiver index ip ip no sflow receiver index ip Default Setting None Command Mode Global Config ...

Страница 261: ...eturn to default UDP port 6343 Syntax sflow receiver index port 1 65535 no sflow receiver index port Default Setting 6343 Command Mode Global Config 5 3 13 13 set sflow interval The user can go to the CLI Interface Configuration Mode to set polling interval use the sflow poller interval 0 86400 interface configuration command Use the no sflow poller interval return to default value zero Syntax sfl...

Страница 262: ...e the no sflow sampler return to default setting Syntax sflow sampler index no sflow sampler Default Setting None Command Mode Interface Config 5 3 13 15 set sflow poller index The user can go to the CLI Interface Configuration Mode to configure a new sFlow poller instance use the sflow poller index interface configuration command Use the no sflow poller return to default setting Syntax sflow poll...

Страница 263: ...ode to configure a new sFlow source interface use the sflow source interface global configuration command Use the no sflow source interface remove the source interface setting Syntax sflow source interface slot port loopback loopback id tunnel tunnel id vlan vland id no sflow source interface slot port Specifies the interface to use as the source interface loopback id Specifies the loopback interf...

Страница 264: ...s IP interface The factory default value is 0 0 0 0 IPv6 Administrative Mode Whether enabled or disabled Default value is enabled IPv6 Prefix is The IPv6 address and length Default is Link Local format IPv6 Default Router The default gateway address on the service port The factory default value is an unspecified address Configured IPv4 Protocol Indicate what IPv4 network protocol was used on the l...

Страница 265: ... neighbor was functioning properly While in REACH state the device takes no special action as packets are sent Stale More than ReachableTime milliseconds have elapsed since the last positive confirmation was received that the forward path was functioning properly While in STALE state the device takes no action until a packet is sent Delay More than ReachableTime milliseconds have elapsed since the...

Страница 266: ...effective immediately If you use the bootp parameter the switch periodically sends requests to a BootP server until a response is received If you use the dhcp parameter the switch periodically sends requests to a DHCP server until a response is received If you use the none parameter you must configure the network information for the switch manually Syntax serviceport protocol none bootp dhcp dhcp6...

Страница 267: ...mands 267 5 3 14 5 serviceport ipv6 enable Use this command to enable IPv6 operation on the service port Syntax serviceport ipv6 enable no serviceport ipv6 enable no This command is disable IPv6 operation on the service port Default Setting None Command Mode Global Config ...

Страница 268: ... serviceport ipv6 address address prefix length eui64 no serviceport ipv6 address address prefix length no This command remove all IPv6 prefixes on the service port interface address IPv6 prefix in IPv6 global address format prefix length IPv6 prefix length value eui64 Formulate IPv6 address in eui64 address format Multiple IPv6 prefixes can be configured for the service port Default Setting None ...

Страница 269: ...ateway gateway address Gateway address in IPv6 global or link local address format no This command remove IPv6 gateways on the service port interface Only a single IPv6 gateway address can be configured for the service port There may be a combination of IPv6 prefixes and gateways that are explicitly configured and those that are set through auto address configuration with a connected IPv6 router o...

Страница 270: ...mand to display a time range and all the absolute periodic time entries that are defined for the time range Use the name parameter to identify a specific time range to display When name is not specified all the time ranges defined in the system are displayed Syntax show time range name name time range name Default Setting None Command Mode Privileged Exec Display Message Number of Time Ranges Numb...

Страница 271: ... name consisting of one absolute time entry and or one or more periodic time entries The name parameter is a case sensitive alphanumeric string from 1 to 31 characters that uniquely identifies the time range An alpha numeric string is defined as consisting of only alphabetic numeric dash underscore or space characters If a time range by this name already exists this command enters Time Range confi...

Страница 272: ...rm of hours minutes For example 8 00 is 8 00 am and 20 00 is 8 00 pm The date is expressed in the format day month year If no start time and date are specified the configuration statement is in effect immediately The end time date parameters indicate the time and date at which the configuration that referenced the time range is no longer in effect The end time and date must be after the start time...

Страница 273: ... Wednesday Thursday Friday Saturday Sunday Other possible values are daily Monday through Sunday weekdays Monday through Friday weekend Saturday and Sunday If the ending days of the week are the same as the starting days of the week they can be omitted The first occurrence of the time argument is the starting hours minutes which the configuration that referenced the time range starts going into ef...

Страница 274: ... lists are configured to run after a period of time since the scheduling was set or at a specified calendar date and time Syntax kron occurrence name at hh mm 1 31 month year DAY of week oneshot recurring kron occurrence name in ddd hh mm oneshot recurring no kron occurrence name at Indicates that the occurrence is to run at a specified calendar date and time in Indicates that the occurrence is to...

Страница 275: ...d The policy list is run in the order in which it was configured One policy list could be allowed to add to one occurrence Syntax kron policy list name no policy list name name Specifies the policy list name which is to be used in the occurrence no This command deletes the policy list Default Setting None Command Mode Global Config Specify the EXEC CLI commands to a policy list Maximum 16 EXEC CLI...

Страница 276: ...hen the occurrence is fired the policy list will be executed Maximum 16 policy lists could be added into an occurrence Syntax policy list name no policy list name name Specifies the policy list name which is to be run when the occurrence fires no This command remove the policy list from a occurrence entry Default Setting None Command Mode Kron occurrence Config Mode ...

Страница 277: ...Message Bridge Priority Configured value Bridge Identifier The MAC Address for the Bridge from which the Bridge Identifiers used by the Spanning Tree Algorithm and Protocol Time Since Topology Change In seconds Topology Change Count Number of times changed Topology Change in progress Boolean value of the Topology Change parameter for the switch indicating if a topology change is in progress on any...

Страница 278: ...een the generations of Configuration BPDUs Bridge Hold Time Minimum time between transmissions of Configuration Bridge Protocol Data Units BPDUs CST Regional Root The Bridge Identifier of the current CST Regional Root Regional Root Path Cost The path cost to the regional root Associated FIDs List of forwarding database identifiers currently associated with this instance Associated VLANs List of VL...

Страница 279: ...t value Port Mode The administration mode of spanning tree BPDU Guard Enabled or disabled ROOT Guard Enabled or disabled LOOP Guard Enabled or disabled TCN Guard Enabled or disabled BPDU Filter Mode Enabled or disabled BPDU Flood Mode Enabled or disabled Auto Edge True or false Port Up Time Since Counters Last Cleared Time since the port was reset displayed in days hours minutes and seconds STP BP...

Страница 280: ...spanning tree instance The vlan id corresponds to an existing VLAN ID Syntax show spanning tree vlan vlan id vlan id VLAN ID Range 1 4093 Default Setting None Command Mode Privileged Exec Display Message VLAN Identifier displays VLAN ID Associated Instance Identifier for the associated multiple spanning tree instance or CST if associated with the common and internal spanning tree ...

Страница 281: ...e Priority The bridge priority of current MST MST Bridge Identifier The bridge ID of current MST Time Since Topology Change In seconds Topology Change Count Number of times the topology has changed for this multiple spanning tree instance Topology Change in Progress Value of the Topology Change parameter for the multiple spanning tree instance Designated Root Identifier of the Regional Root for th...

Страница 282: ...N IDs associated with this instance This command displays the detailed settings and parameters for a specific switch port within a particular multiple spanning tree instance The instance mstid is a number that corresponds to the desired existing multiple spanning tree instance The slot port is the desired switch port Syntax show spanning tree mst port detailed 0 4094 slot port port channel portcha...

Страница 283: ... auto calculate port path cost Port Path Cost The configured path cost for the specified interface Auto calculate External Port Path Cost Displays whether the external path cost is automatically calculated Enabled or not Disabled External Path cost will be calculated based on the link speed of the port if the configured value for External Port Path Cost is zero External Port Path Cost The External...

Страница 284: ...tree Syntax show spanning tree mst port summary 0 4094 slot port active port channel portchannel id 0 4094 multiple spanning tree instance ID slot port is the desired interface number active All active interfaces portchannel id is the desired port channel interface number The range of port channel ID is 1 to 64 no parameter All interfaces Default Setting None Command Mode Privileged Exec Display M...

Страница 285: ...nabled or disabled Spanning Tree Forward BPDU Enabled or disabled Spanning Tree Version Version of 802 1 currently supported IEEE 802 1s IEEE 802 1w or IEEE 802 1d based upon the Force Protocol Version parameter BPDU Guard Mode Enabled or disabled BPDU Filter Mode Enabled or disabled BPDU Uplinkfast Mode Enabled or disabled Configuration Name TConfigured name Configuration Revision Level Configure...

Страница 286: ...yntax show spanning tree brief Default Setting None Command Mode Privileged Exec Display Message Bridge Priority Configured value Bridge Identifier The bridge ID of current Spanning Tree Bridge Max Age Configured value Bridge Max Hops Configured value Bridge Hello Time Configured value Bridge Forward Delay Configured value Bridge Hold Time Minimum time between transmission of Configuration Bridge ...

Страница 287: ...nfig 5 4 2 2 spanning tree protocol migration This command enables BPDU migration check on a given interface The all option enables BPDU migration check on all interfaces Syntax spanning tree protocol migration slot port port channel portchannel id all no spanning tree protocol migration slot port port channel portchannel id all slot port is the desired interface number portchannel id is the desir...

Страница 288: ...t Setting The base MAC address displayed using hexadecimal notation as specified in IEEE 802 standard Command Mode Global Config This command sets the Configuration Identifier Revision Level for use in identifying the configuration that this switch is currently using The Configuration Identifier Revision Level is a number in the range of 0 to 65535 Syntax spanning tree configuration revision 0 655...

Страница 289: ...stp no spanning tree mode no This command sets the Force Protocol Version parameter to the default value that is mstp Default Setting mstp Command Mode Global Config 5 4 2 5 spanning tree forward time This command sets the Bridge Forward Delay parameter to a new value for the common and internal spanning tree The forward time value is in seconds within a range of 4 to 30 with the value being great...

Страница 290: ...max age 6 40 the Bridge Max Age value Range 6 40 no This command sets the Bridge Max Age parameter for the common and internal spanning tree to the default value that is 20 Default Setting 20 Command Mode Global Config 5 4 2 7 spanning tree max hops This command sets the MSTP Max Hops parameter to a new value for the common and internal spanning tree The max hops value is in a range of 6 to 40 Syn...

Страница 291: ...Global Config 5 4 2 9 spanning tree mst This command adds a multiple spanning tree instance to the switch The instance 1 4094 is a number within a range of 1 to 4094 that corresponds to the new instance ID to be added The maximum number of multiple instances supported is 4 Syntax spanning tree mst instance 1 4094 no spanning tree mst instance 1 4094 1 4094 multiple spanning tree instance ID no Thi...

Страница 292: ...ity 0 4094 0 4094 multiple spanning tree instance ID 0 61440 priority value Range 0 61440 no This command sets the bridge priority for a specific multiple spanning tree instance to the default value that is 32768 The instance 0 4094 is a number that corresponds to the desired existing multiple spanning tree instance If 0 defined as the default CIST ID is passed as the 0 4094 then this command sets...

Страница 293: ...ning tree instance or the common and internal spanning tree instance depending on the 1 4094 parameter The pathcost can be specified as a number in the range of 1 to 200000000 or auto If auto is specified the pathcost value will be set based on Link Speed Syntax spanning tree mst 1 4094 cost 1 200000000 auto no spanning tree mst 1 4094 cost 1 4094 multiple spanning tree instance ID no This command...

Страница 294: ...er in the range of 0 to 240 in increments of 16 Syntax spanning tree mst 1 4094 port priority 0 240 no spanning tree mst 1 4094 port priority 1 4094 multiple spanning tree instance ID no This command sets the Path Cost or Port Priority for this port within the multiple spanning tree instance or in the common and internal spanning tree to the respective default values If the 1 4094 parameter corres...

Страница 295: ...t mode no This command sets the Administrative Switch Port State for this port to disabled Default Setting Disabled Command Mode Interface Config This command sets the Administrative Switch Port State for all ports to enabled Syntax spanning tree port mode all no spanning tree port mode all all All interfaces no This command sets the Administrative Switch Port State for all ports to disabled Defau...

Страница 296: ...uto edge no This command sets the auto edge for this port to disabled Default Setting Disabled Command Mode Interface Config 5 4 2 12 spanning tree edgeport This command sets the edguport function to Enabled or Disabled on this switch Syntax spanning tree edgeport no spanning tree edgeport no This command sets the Edgeport function to the default value that is Enabled Default Setting Enabled Comma...

Страница 297: ...his command specifies that this port is not an Edge Port within the common and internal spanning tree Default Setting None Command Mode Interface Config This command sets the Edgeport BPDU Filter enable disable parameter for sending receiving BPDUs on this switch This command only works on dot1d mode Syntax spanning tree edgeport bpdufilter no spanning tree edgeport bpdufilter no This command sets...

Страница 298: ...guard no This command sets the Edgeport BPDU Guard to the default value that is Disabled Default Setting Disabled Command Mode Global Config This command sets the Edgeport BPDU Filter enable disable parameter for sending receiving BPDUs on this interface This command only works on dot1d mode Syntax spanning tree bpdufilter no spanning tree bpdufilter no This command sets the Edgeport BPDU Filter t...

Страница 299: ... no This command sets the Edgeport BPDU Guard to the default value that is Disabled Default Setting Disabled Command Mode Interface Config 5 4 2 13 spanning tree uplinkfast This command sets the Uplink Fast parameter to a new value on this switch This command only works on dot1d mode Syntax spanning tree uplinkfast no spanning tree uplinkfast no This command sets the Uplink Fast parameter to the d...

Страница 300: ...d sets the Guard Mode to none root This command sets the Guard Mode to root guard on this interface no This command sets the Guard Mode to the default value that is none Default Setting None Command Mode Interface Config 5 4 2 15 spanning tree tcnguard This command sets the TCN Guard parameter to prevent a port from propagating topology change notifications Syntax spanning tree tcnguard no spannin...

Страница 301: ...fered Logging The mode for buffered logging Syslog Logging The mode for logging to configured syslog hosts If set to disable logging stops to all syslog hosts Terminal Monitor The mode for terminal logging Terminal Logging Severity Filter The minimum severity to log to the terminal log Messages with an equal or lower numerical severity are logged Log Messages Received The number of messages receiv...

Страница 302: ...tained across a switch reset 5 5 1 3 show logging traplog This command displays the trap log maintained by the switch The trap log contains a maximum of 256 entries that wrap Syntax show logging traplogs Default Setting None Command Mode Privileged Exec Display Message Number of Traps since last reset The number of traps that have occurred since the last reset of this device Trap Log Capacity The ...

Страница 303: ...igured logging hosts Syntax show logging hosts Default Setting None Command Mode Privileged Exec Display Message Index used for deleting IP Address IP Address of the configured server Severity The minimum severity to log to the specified address Port Server Port Number This is the port on the local host from which syslog messages are sent Status The state of logging to configured syslog hosts If t...

Страница 304: ... no logging buffered no This command disables logging to in memory log Default Setting None Command Mode Global Config This command enables wrapping of in memory logging when full capacity reached Otherwise when full capacity is reached logging stops Syntax logging buffered wrap no logging buffered wrap no This command disables wrapping of in memory logging when full capacity reached Default Setti...

Страница 305: ... 4 notice 5 informational 6 debug 7 no This command disables logging to the console Default Setting None Command Mode Global Config 5 5 2 3 logging monitor This command enables logging to the terminal monitor Syntax logging monitor severitylevel 0 7 no logging monitor severitylevel 0 7 The value is specified as either an integer from 0 to 7 or symbolically through one of the following keywords eme...

Страница 306: ...ode Privileged Exec 5 5 2 5 logging host This command enables logging to a host where up to eight hosts can be configured Syntax logging host hostaddress port severitylevel 0 7 hostaddress IP address of the log server port Port number severitylevel 0 7 The value is specified as either an integer from 0 to 7 or symbolically through one of the following keywords emergency 0 alert 1 critical 2 error ...

Страница 307: ... remove hostindex hostindex Index of the log server Default Setting None Command Mode Globla Config This command reconfigures the IP address of the log server Syntax logging host reconfigure hostindex hostaddress hostindex Index of the log server hostaddress New IP address of the log server Default Setting None Command Mode Globla Config ...

Страница 308: ...tax logging syslog no logging syslog no Disables syslog logging Default Setting None Command Mode Globla Config This command sets the local port number of the LOG client for logging messages Syntax logging syslog port portid no logging syslog port no Resets the local logging port to the default Default Setting None Command Mode Globla Config ...

Страница 309: ...source interface slot port loopback loopback id tunnel tunnel id vlan vlan id no logging syslog source interface slot port Specifies the interface to use as the source interface loopback id Specifies the loopback interface to use as the source interface The range of the loopback ID is 0 to 7 tunnel id Specifies the tunnel interface to use as the source interface The range of the tunnel ID is 0 to ...

Страница 310: ...R INC Layer 2 3 4 Managed Switch QuantaMesh Switching Commands 310 5 5 2 7 clear logging buffered This command clears all in memory log Syntax clear logging buffered Default Setting None Command Mode Privileged Exec ...

Страница 311: ...enabled or disabled Email Alert Form Address The email address of the sender the switch Email Alert Urgent Severity Level The lowest severity level that considered urgent Messages of this type are sent immediately Email Alert Non Urgent Severity Level The lowest severity level that is considered non urgent Messages of this type up to the urgent level are collected and sent in a batch email Log mes...

Страница 312: ...ode Privileged Exec Display Message Email Alert Operation Status The operational status of the email alerting feature No of Email Failures The number of email messages that have attempted to be sent but were unsuccessful No of Email Sent The number of email messages that were sent from the switch since the counter was cleared Time Since Last Email Sent The amount of time that has passed since the ...

Страница 313: ...ber of SMTP servers configured on the switch Email Alert Mail Server Address The IPv4 IPv6 address or DNS hostname of the configured SMTP server Email Alert Mail Server Port The TCP port the switch uses to send email to the SMTP server Email Alert Security Protocol The security protocol the switch uses to authenticate with the SMTP server Email Alert Username The username the switch uses to authen...

Страница 314: ...il urgent non urgent severity none no logging email urgent non urgent urgent Specify the severity level for the urgent messsages The logging messages severity is lower than urgent severity level will be treated as urgent message and the logging message will be sent immediately in a single email message if the email logging is enabled non urgent Specify the severity level for the non urgent messsag...

Страница 315: ... no This command resets the non urgent log time to the default value Default Setting 30 minutes Command Mode Global Config This command is used to configure the email address to which messages are sent The message types supported are urgent non urgent and both For each supported severity level multiple email addresses can be configured Syntax logging email message type both urgent non urgent to ad...

Страница 316: ...ult Setting None Command Mode Global Config This command is used to configure the subject line of the email for the specified type Syntax logging email message type both urgent non urgent subject subject no logging email message type both urgent non urgent subject subject subject Specify the subject line of the email The length of the subject is 1 to 255 characters no This command removes the conf...

Страница 317: ...R INC Layer 2 3 4 Managed Switch QuantaMesh Switching Commands 317 This command is used to reset the email alerting statistics Syntax clear logging email statistics Default Setting None Command Mode Privileged EXEC ...

Страница 318: ...bal Config To configure the email alerting security protocol by enabling the switch to use TLSv1 STARTTLS authentication with the SMTP Server If the TLSv1 STARTTLS mode is enabled on the switch but the SMTP server does not support TLSv1 STARTTLS mode no email is sent to the SMTP server Syntax security none tlsv1 starttls none no security protocol is used tlsv1 To use tlsv1 as security protocol to ...

Страница 319: ...ssages Generally security protocol TLSv1 uses 465 STARTTLS uses 587 and no security uses 25 no This command resets the TCP port to the default value of the current configured security protocol Default Setting 25 Command Mode Mail Server Config This command is used to configure the loging ID the switch uses to authenticate with the SMTP server Syntax username username username Mail server username ...

Страница 320: ... switch uses to authenticate with the SMTP server Syntax password 0 7 password 0 Passowrd should be 1 to 32 characters in plain text format 1 Passowrd must be 64 characters in encrypted form no This command resets the password to the default value The default password is admin Default Setting admin Command Mode Mail Server Config ...

Страница 321: ...in the script file Application of the commands stops at the first failure of a command Syntax script apply scriptname scriptname The name of the script to be applied Default Setting None Command Mode Privileged Exec 5 7 2 script delete This command deletes a specified script or all the scripts presented in the switch Syntax script delete scriptname all scriptname The name of the script to be delet...

Страница 322: ...of files present Syntax script list Default Setting None Command Mode Privileged Exec Display Message Configuration Script Name The filename of the script file Size Bytes The size of the script file 5 7 3 script show This command displays the content of a script file Syntax script show scriptname scriptname Name of the script file Default Setting None Command Mode Privileged Exec ...

Страница 323: ...ged Switch QuantaMesh Switching Commands 323 5 7 4 script validate This command displays the content of a script file Syntax script validate scriptname scriptname Name of the script file Default Setting None Command Mode Privileged Exec ...

Страница 324: ...sers are included as the factory default admin and guest User Access Mode Shows whether the operator is able to change parameters on the switch Read Write or is only able to view them Read Only As a factory default admin has Read Write access and guest has Read Only access There can only be one Read Write user and up to five Read Only users SNMPv3 AccessMode This field displays the SNMPv3 Access M...

Страница 325: ...write the others is read only Password Aging Indicates number of days since the password was configured until the password expires Password Expiration Date The current password expiration date in date format Lockout Indicates whether the user account is locked out true or false 5 8 1 3 show passwords configuration Use this command to display the configured password management settings Syntax show ...

Страница 326: ... Password Repeated Characters Maximum number of characters cannot repeated when changing passwords Maximum Password Consecutive Characters Maximum number of characters cannot consecutive when changing passwords Minimum Password Character Classes Valid range for user passwords Password Exclude Keywords The password to be configured should not contain the keyword mentioned in this field 5 8 1 4 Show...

Страница 327: ...assword If none press enter Syntax username username passwd 0 7 password nopasswd level level no username username username is a new user name Range up to 8 characters 0 7 0 means the password is plain text 7 means the password is encrypted When 7 is used the password must be exactly 128 hexadeciaml characters in length Maximum plain text password length is 64 characters no This command removes a ...

Страница 328: ...uthentication protocols are none md5 or sha If md5 or sha are specified the user login password will be used as the snmpv3 authentication password The username is the login user name for which the specified authentication protocol will be used Syntax username snmpv3 authentication username none md5 sha no username snmpv3 authentication username username is the login user name md5 md5 authenticatio...

Страница 329: ...ided the user will be prompted to enter the key If none is specified a key must not be provided The username is the login user name for which the specified encryption protocol will be used Syntax username snmpv3 encryption username none des key no username snmpv3 encryption username username is the login user name des des encryption protocol none no encryption protocol key A key 128 alphanumeric c...

Страница 330: ...l password expires Default Setting 0 no aging Command Mode Global Config 5 8 2 6 Set the password history Use this command to set the number of previous passwords that shall be stored for each user account If password history is set the local user will not be able to reuse any password stored in password history when the local user changes his or her password The user can go to the CLI Global Conf...

Страница 331: ...er can go to the CLI Global Configuration Mode to set the password lock out count use the passwords lock out 1 5 Global configuration command Use the no passwords lock out to return to default value 0 Syntax passwords lock out 1 5 no passwords lock out 1 5 the number of password failures before account lock Default Setting 0 Command Mode Global Config 5 8 2 8 Set the minimum password length The us...

Страница 332: ... check no passwords strength check Default Setting Disable Command Mode Global Config 5 8 2 10 Set the password strength maximum The user can go to the CLI Global Configuration Mode to set the password strength use the passwords strength maximum consecutive characters repeated 0 15 Global configuration command Use the no passwords strength maximum consecutive characters repeated return to default ...

Страница 333: ...ax passwords strength minimum character classes lowercase letters numeric characters special characters uppercase letters 0 15 no passwords strength minimum character classes lowercase letters numeric characters special characters uppercase letters Default Setting 2 Command Mode Global Config 5 8 2 12 Set the password strength exclude keyword The user can go to the CLI Global Configuration Mode to...

Страница 334: ...ys the authentication login list assigned to the default user Syntax show users authentication Default Setting None Command Mode Privileged Exec Display Message User This field lists every user that has an authentication login list assigned System Login This field displays the authentication login list assigned to the user for system login 802 1x This field displays the authentication login list a...

Страница 335: ...s displays the authentication enable listname 5 9 1 3 show authentication users This command displays information about the users assigned to the specified authentication login list If the login is assigned to non configured users the user default will appear in the user column Syntax show authentication users listname listname the authentication login listname Default Setting None Command Mode Pr...

Страница 336: ... of Accounting Notifications at end of an EXEC session 0 Errors when sending Accounting Notifications at end of an EXEC session 0 Number of Accounting Notifications sent at beginning of a command execution 0 Errors when sending Accounting Notifications at beginning of a command execution 0 Number of Accounting Notifications sent at end of a command execution 0 Errors when sending Accounting Notifi...

Страница 337: ...istrative mode Indicates whether authentication control on the switch is enabled or disabled VLAN Assignment Mode Indicates whether assignment of an authorized port to a RADIUS assigned VLAN is allowed enabled or not disabled Dynamic VLAN Creation Mode Indicates whether the switch can dynamically create a RADIUS assigned VLAN if it does not currently exist on the switch Monitor Mode Indicates whet...

Страница 338: ...e specified port or all ports Syntax show dot1x authentication history all slot port Default Setting None Command Mode Privileged Exec Display Message Time Stamp The exact time at which the event occurs Interface Physical Port on which the event occurs MAC Address The supplicant client MAC address VLANID The VLAN assigned to the client port on authentication Auth Status The authentication status ...

Страница 339: ...supplicant device MAC address Session Time The time since the supplicant is logged on VLAN Id The VLAN assigned to the port VLAN Assigned The reason the VLAN identified in the VLAN ID field has been assigned to the port Possible values are RADIUS Unauthenticated VLAN Monitor Mode or Default When the VLAN Assigned reason is Default it means that the VLAN was assigned to the port because the P VID o...

Страница 340: ...he backend authentication state machine Possible values are Request Response Success Fail Timeout Idle and Initialize Quiet Period The timer used by the authenticator state machine on this port to define periods of time in which it will not attempt to acquire a supplicant The value is expressed in seconds and will be in the range of 0 to 65535 Transmit Period The timer used by the authenticator st...

Страница 341: ...e or False Key Transmission Enabled Indicates if the key is transmitted to the supplicant for the specified port Possible values are True or False Control Direction Indicates the control direction for the specified port or ports Possible values are both or in Maximum Users The maximum number of clients that can get authenticated on the port in the MAC based dot1x authentication mode Unauthenticate...

Страница 342: ...that have been received by this authenticator EAPOL Logoff Frames Received The number of EAPOL logoff frames that have been received by this authenticator Last EAPOL Frame Version The protocol version number carried in the most recently received EAPOL frame Last EAPOL Frame Source The source MAC address carried in the most recently received EAPOL frame EAP Response Id Frames Received The number of...

Страница 343: ...x summary slot port slot port is the desired interface number no parameter All interfaces Default Setting None Command Mode Privileged Exec Display Message Interface The interface whose configuration is displayed Control Mode The configured control mode for this port Possible values are force unauthorized force authorized auto mac based Operating Control Mode The control mode under which this port...

Страница 344: ...sers This command displays 802 1x port security user information for locally configured users Syntax show dot1x users slot port slot port is the desired interface number Default Setting None Command Mode Privileged Exec Display Message User Users configured locally to have access to the specified port ...

Страница 345: ...e maximum number of times a request packet is retransmitted Timeout Duration The configured timeout value in seconds for request re transmissions Dead Time The configured timeout value in mins for the time duration after a RADIUS sever is found non responsive or dead RADIUS Accounting Mode A global parameter to indicate whether the accounting mode for all the servers is enabled or not RADIUS Attri...

Страница 346: ...The port in use by the RADIUS accounting server Secret Configured Yes or No If the optional token ipaddr ipv6addr hostname or name servername is included RADIUS Accounting Server IP Address IP Address of the configured RADIUS accounting server RADIUS Accounting Server Name The name of the configured RADIUS accounting server RADIUS Accounting Mode Enabled or disabled Port The port in use by the RAD...

Страница 347: ... number of malformed RADIUS Accounting Response packets received from this server Malformed packets include packets with an invalid length Bad authenticators and unknown types are not included as malformed accounting responses Bad Authenticators The number of RADIUS Accounting Response packets containing invalid authenticators received from this accounting server Pending Requests The number of RAD...

Страница 348: ...he configured timeout value in mins for the time duration after a RADIUS sever is found non responsive or dead RADIUS Accounting Mode A global parameter to indicate whether the accounting mode for all the servers is enabled or not RADIUS Attribute 4 Mode A global parameter to indicate whether the NAS IP Address attribute has been enabled to use in RADIUS requests RADIUS Attribute 4 Value A global ...

Страница 349: ...ss Request that matched it from the RADIUS authentication server Access Requests The number of RADIUS Access Request packets sent to this server This number does not include retransmissions Access Retransmission The number of RADIUS Access Request packets retransmitted to this RADIUS authentication server Access Accepts The number of RADIUS Access Accept packets including both valid and invalid pa...

Страница 350: ...how radius source interface This command is used to display the configured global source interface details used for a RADIUS client The IP address of the selected interface is used as source IP for all communications with the server Syntax show radius source interface Default Setting None Command Mode Privileged Exec Display Message RADIUS Client Source Interface The interface to use as the source...

Страница 351: ...erver connection fails the next highest priority server is contacted 5 9 1 19 show tacacs source interface This command is used to display the configured global source interface details used for a RADIUS client The IP address of the selected interface is used as source IP for all communications with the server Syntax show tacacs source interface Default Setting None Command Mode Privileged Exec Di...

Страница 352: ...ommands 352 5 9 1 20 show port security This command shows the port security settings for the entire system Syntax show port security Default Setting None Command Mode Privileged Exec Display Message Port Security Administration Mode Port lock mode for the entire system ...

Страница 353: ...e number portchannel id is the desired port channel ID The port channel ID is range from 1 to 64 Default Setting None Command Mode Privileged Exec Display Message Intf Interface Number Admin Mode Port Locking mode for the Interface Dynamic Limit Maximum dynamically allocated MAC Addresses Static Limit Maximum statically allocated MAC Addresses Violation Trap Mode Whether violation traps are enable...

Страница 354: ... Dynamically locked MAC address 5 9 1 23 show port security static This command shows the statically locked MAC addresses for port Syntax show port security static slot port slot port is the interface number Default Setting None Command Mode Privileged Exec Display Message Number of static MAC addresses configured Number of static MAC addresses configured Statically configured MAC Address Statical...

Страница 355: ... last packet that was discarded on a locked port Syntax show port security violation slot port port channel portchannel id slot port is the interface number portchannel id is the desired port channel ID The port channel ID is range from 1 to 64 Default Setting None Command Mode Privileged Exec Display Message MAC address MAC address of discarded packet on locked ports ...

Страница 356: ...acacs indicates that the user s ID and password will be authenticated using the TACACS To authenticate a user the authentication methods in the user s login will be attempted in order until an authentication attempt succeeds or fails The default login list included with the default configuration cannot be changed Syntax aaa authentication login listname enable line local none radius tacacs no aaa ...

Страница 357: ...type The same list name can be used for both exec and commands accounting type AAA Accounting for commands with RADIUS as the accounting method is not supported Syntax aaa accounting exec commands default list_name start stop stop only none method1 method2 no aaa accounting exec commands default list_name exec Provide accounting for a user EXEC terminal sessions commands Provide accounting for all...

Страница 358: ...accounting exec Causes accounting for an EXEC session commands This causes accounting for each command execution attempt If a user is enabling accounting for exec mode for the current line configuration type the user will be logged out default The default Accounting List listname Enter a string of not more than 15 characters no This command removes accounting from a Line Configuration mode Default...

Страница 359: ...ed users when attempting to log in to the system This setting is overridden by the authentication login list assigned to a specific user if the user is configured locally If this value is not configured users will be authenticated using local authentication only Syntax username defaultlogin listname listname an authentication login list Default Setting None Command Mode Global Config ...

Страница 360: ...a configured login list If the user is assigned a login list that requires remote authentication all access to the interface from all CLI and telnet sessions will be blocked until the authentication is complete The login list associated with the admin user cannot be changed to prevent accidental lockout from the switch Syntax username login user listname user is the login user name listname an aut...

Страница 361: ...unauthorized force authorized The authenticator PAE unconditionally sets the controlled port to authorized auto The authenticator PAE sets the controlled port mode to reflect the outcome of the authentication exchanges between the supplicant authenticator and the authentication server mac based The authenticator PAE sets the controlled port mode to reflect the outcome of the authentication exchang...

Страница 362: ... authenticator PAE sets the controlled port mode to reflect the outcome of the authentication exchanges between the supplicant authenticator and the authentication server mac based The authenticator PAE sets the controlled port mode to reflect the outcome of the authentication exchanges between the supplicant authenticator and the authentication server on a per supplicant basis Syntax dot1x port c...

Страница 363: ... This command is used to disable the dot1x authentication support on the switch Default Setting Disabled Command Mode Global Config 5 9 3 4 dot1x user This command adds the specified user to the list of users with access to the specified port or all ports The username parameter must be a configured user Syntax dot1x user user slot port all no dot1x user user slot port all user Is the login user na...

Страница 364: ...de Interface Config 5 9 3 6 dot1x max req This command sets the maximum number of times the authenticator state machine on this port will transmit an EAPOL EAP Request Identity frame before timing out the supplicant The 1 10 value must be in the range 1 10 Syntax dot1x max req 1 10 no dot1x max req 1 10 maximum number of times Range 1 10 no This command sets the maximum number of times the authent...

Страница 365: ...set the maximum users to infinity If the maximum users is specified or modified the system should use the new one Syntax dot1x max user count no dot1x max user count maximum users Range 1 48 no This command sets the system will reset the maximum users to infinity Default Setting 48 Command Mode Interface Config 5 9 3 8 dot1x pae This command set the PAE capability mode on the specified port Syntax...

Страница 366: ...o dot1x re authentication no This command disables re authentication of the supplicant for the specified port Default Setting Disabled Command Mode Interface Config 5 9 3 10 dot1x supplicant max start This command configure the maximum number of Start EAPOL messages to be sent in the absence of Authenticator Syntax dot1x supplicant max start 1 10 no dot1x supplicant max start Default Setting 3 Com...

Страница 367: ...plicant port control auto force authorized force unauthorized no dot1x supplicant port control Default Setting auto Command Mode Interface Config 5 9 3 12 dot1x supplicant timeout auth period This command configure the auth period value Syntax dot1x supplicant timeout auth period seconds no dot1x supplicant timeout auth period seconds Range 1 65535 Default Setting 30 Command Mode Interface Config ...

Страница 368: ...timeout held period seconds no dot1x supplicant timeout held period seconds Range 1 65535 Default Setting 60 Command Mode Interface Config 5 9 3 14 dot1x supplicant timeout start period This command configure the start period value Syntax dot1x supplicant timeout start period seconds no dot1x supplicant timeout start period seconds Range 1 65535 Default Setting 30 Command Mode Interface Config ...

Страница 369: ...value in seconds of the timer used by the authenticator state machine on this port to determine when re authentication of the supplicant takes place The reauth period must be a value in the range 1 65535 quiet period Sets the value in seconds of the timer used by the authenticator state machine on this port to define periods of time in which it will not attempt to acquire a supplicant The quiet pe...

Страница 370: ...est vlan period 1 300 reauth period 1 65535 quiet period 0 65535 tx period 1 65535 supp timeout 1 65535 server timeout 1 65535 no This command sets the value in seconds of the timer used by the authenticator state machine on this port to the default values Depending on the token used the corresponding default values are set Default Setting guest vlan period 90 seconds reauth period 3600 seconds qu...

Страница 371: ...antaMesh Switching Commands 371 5 9 3 17 dot1x unauthenticated vlan This command configure Unauthenticated VLAN for the port Syntax dot1x unauthenticated vlan vlan id no dot1x unauthenticated vlan Default Setting 0 Command Mode 5 9 4 Interface Config ...

Страница 372: ...et the RADIUS accounting function to the default value that is the RADIUS accounting function is disabled Default Setting Disabled Command Mode Global Config 5 9 4 2 authorization network radius Use this command to enable the switch to accept VLAN assignment by the radius server Syntax authorization network radius no authorization network radius no Use this command to disable the switch to accept ...

Страница 373: ...rver attribute 4 no use this command to reset the NAS IP address for the radius server Default Setting None Command Mode Global Config 5 9 4 4 radius server attribute 95 This command to set the NAS IPv6 address for the radius server Syntax radius server attribute 95 ipv6 address no radius server attribute 95 no use this command to reset the NAS IPv6 address for the radius server Default Setting No...

Страница 374: ...DIUS server In order to configure the UDP port number the IP address must match that of a previously configured RADIUS authentication server The port number must lie between 1 65535 with 1812 being the default value If the acct token is used the command configures the IP address to use for the RADIUS accounting server Only a single accounting server can be configured If an accounting server is cur...

Страница 375: ...unting server Default Setting None Command Mode Global Config 5 9 4 7 radius sever key This command is used to configure the shared secret between the RADIUS client and the RADIUS accounting authentication server Depending on whether the auth or acct token is used the shared secret will be configured for the RADIUS authentication or RADIUS accounting server The IP address provided must match a pre...

Страница 376: ...et is re transmitted when no response is received from the RADIUS server to the default value that is 4 Default Setting 4 Command Mode Global Config 5 9 4 9 radius server timeout This command sets the timeout value in seconds after which a request must be retransmitted to the RADIUS server if no response is received The timeout value is an integer in the range of 1 to 30 Syntax radius server timeo...

Страница 377: ...the primary server cannot be reached A maximum of three servers can be configured on each client Only one of these servers can be configured as the primary If a primary server is already configured prior to this command being executed the server specified by the IP address specified used in this command will become the new primary server The IP address must match that of a previously configured RA...

Страница 378: ...cified the primary IP address of the originating outbound interface is used as the source address If the configured interface is down the RADIUS client falls back to its default behavior Syntax radius source interface slot port loopback loopback id vlan vlan id slot port Specifies the interface to use as the source interface loopback id Specifies the loopback interface to use as the source interfa...

Страница 379: ...6Addr hostname ipAddr ipv6Addr hostname The IPv4 v6 address or hostname of the TACACS server no This command is used to remove all of configuration Default Setting None Command Mode Global Config 5 9 5 2 tacacs server key This command is used to configure the TACACS authentication and encryption key Syntax tacacs server key key string encrypted key string no tacacs server key Note that the length ...

Страница 380: ...ey string Note that the length of the secret key is up to 128 characters key string The valid value of the key encrypted the key string is encrypted Default Setting None Command Mode TACACS Host Config This command is used to configure the TACACS authentication host port Syntax port port number port number The valid port number Range 0 65535 Default Setting 49 Command Mode TACACS Host Config ...

Страница 381: ...ost priority Syntax priority priority priority The valid priority number Range 0 65535 Default Setting 0 Command Mode TACACS Host Config This command is used to configure the TACACS connection timeout value Syntax timeout timeout timeout The connection timeout value Max timeout Range 1 to 30 Default Setting 5 Command Mode TACACS Host Config ...

Страница 382: ...tax tacacs server keystring Default Setting None Command Mode Global Config 5 9 5 4 tacacs server timeout This command is used to configure the TACACS connection timeout value Syntax tacacs server timeout timeout no tacacs server timeout timeout The connection timeout value Max timeout Range 1 to 30 no This command is used to reset the timeout value to the default value Default Setting 5 Command M...

Страница 383: ...ot specified the primary IP address of the originating outbound interface is used as the source address Syntax tacacs server source interface slot port loopback loopback id vlan vlan id no tacacs server source interface slot port Specifies the interface to use as the source interface loopback id Specifies the loopback interface to use as the source interface The range of the loopback ID is 0 to 7 ...

Страница 384: ...t security no port security Default Setting None Command Mode Global Config Interface Config 5 9 6 2 port security max dynamic This command sets the maximum of dynamically locked MAC addresses allowed on a specific port Syntax port security max dynamic 0 600 no port security max dynamic no This command resets the maximum of dynamically locked MAC addresses allowed on a specific port to its default...

Страница 385: ...ically locked MAC addresses allowed on a specific port to its default value Default Setting 20 Command Mode Interface Config 5 9 6 4 port security mac address This command adds a MAC address to the list of statically locked MAC addresses Syntax port security mac address mac addr 1 4093 no port security mac address mac addr 1 4093 1 4093 VLAN ID mac addr The statically locked MAC address no This co...

Страница 386: ...ss move Default Setting None Command Mode Interface Config 5 9 6 6 port security mac address sticky This command enables sticky mode Port MAC Locking on a port Syntax port security mac address sticky mac addr 1 4093 no port security mac address sticky 1 4093 VLAN ID mac addr The statically locked MAC address no This command disable sticky mode Port MAC Locking on a port Default Setting None Comman...

Страница 387: ...violation shutdown This command configures the port violation shutdown mode Once the violation happens the interface will be shutdown Syntax port security violation shutdown no port security violation no This command restore violation mode to be default Default Setting None Command Mode Interface Config ...

Страница 388: ...ayload Size The range is 0 16376 The factory default is 512 ICMP Fragment Mode May be enabled or disabled The factory default is disabled TCP Port Mode May be enabled or disabled The factory default is disabled UDP Port Mode May be enabled or disabled The factory default is disabled SIPDIP Mode May be enabled or disabled The factory default is disabled SMACDMAC Mode May be enabled or disabled The ...

Страница 389: ... Setting Disabled Command Mode Global Config 5 9 7 2 2 dos control tcpfrag This command enables Minimum TCP Header Size Denial of Service protection If the mode is enabled Denial of Service prevention is active for this type of attack If packets ingress having a TCP Header Size smaller then the configured value the packets will be dropped if the mode is enabled The default is disabled If you enabl...

Страница 390: ...ce protection Default Setting Disabled Command Mode Global Config 5 9 7 2 4 dos control tcpflag This command enables TCP Flag Denial of Service protections If the mode is enabled Denial of Service prevention is active for this type of attacks If packets ingress having TCP Flag SYN set and a source port less than 1024 or having TCP Control Flags set to 0 and TCP Sequence Number set to 0 or having T...

Страница 391: ...render the application inoperable Syntax dos control l4port no dos control l4port no This command disables L4 Port Denial of Service protections Default Setting Disabled Command Mode Global Config 5 9 7 2 6 dos control tcpport This command enables the TCP L4 source destination port number Source TCP Port Destination TCP Port Denial of Service protection If the mode is enabled Denial of Service pre...

Страница 392: ...mand disables the UDP L4 source destination port number Source UDP Port Destination UDP Port Denial of Service protection Default Setting Disabled Command Mode Global Config 5 9 7 2 8 dos control icmpv4 This command enables Maximum ICMPv4 Payload Size Denial of Service protections If the mode is enabled Denial of Service prevention is active for this type of attack If ICMP Echo Request PING packet...

Страница 393: ...MPv6 Payload Size Denial of Service protections Default Setting Disabled Command Mode Global Config 5 9 7 2 10 dos control icmpv4 This command enables Maximum ICMPv4 Payload Size Denial of Service protections If the mode is enabled Denial of Service prevention is active for this type of attack If ICMPv4 Echo Request PING packets ingress having a payload size greater than the configured value the p...

Страница 394: ...l icmpv6 0 16376 This command sets maximum ICMPV6 payload size no This command resets the Maximum ICMPV6 Payload Size Denial of Service protections to its default value Default Setting 512 Command Mode Global Config 5 9 7 2 12 dos control icmpfrag This command enables the ICMP Fragment Denial of Service protection If the mode is enabled Denial of Service prevention is active for this type of attac...

Страница 395: ...ss Destination MAC address SMAC DMAC Denial of Service protection Default Setting Disabled Command Mode Global Config 5 9 7 2 14 dos control tcpfinurgpsh This command enables the TCP FIN and URG and PSH and SEQ 0 checking Denial of Service protections If the mode is enabled Denial of Service prevention is active for this type of attack If packets ingress having TCP FIN URG and PSH all set and TCP ...

Страница 396: ...agseq no This command disables the TCP Control Flags 0 and SEQ 0 checking Denial of Service protections Default Setting Disabled Command Mode Global Config 5 9 7 2 16 dos control tcpsyn This command enables the TCP SYN and L4 source port 0 1023 Denial of Service protection If the mode is enabled Denial of Service prevention is active for this type of attack If packets ingress having TCP flag SYN s...

Страница 397: ...tcpsynfin no This command disables the TCP SYN FIN Denial of Service protection Default Setting Disabled Command Mode Global Config 5 9 7 2 18 dos control tcpoffset This command enables the TCP Fragment Offset Denial of Service protection If the mode is enabled Denial of Service prevention is active for this type of attack If packets ingress having TCP Header Offset equal to one 1 the packets will...

Страница 398: ...ands 398 5 9 7 2 19 dos control all This command enables the Denial of Service protection checks globally Syntax dos control all no dos control all no This command disables the Denial of Service protection checks globally Default Setting Disabled Command Mode Global Config ...

Страница 399: ...ration information Syntax show cdp Default Setting None Command Mode Privileged Exec Display Message CDP Admin Mode CDP enable or disable CDP Holdtime sec The length of time a receiving device should hold the L2 Network Switch CDP information before discarding it CDP Transmit Interval sec A period of the L2 Network Switch to send CDP packet Ports Port number vs CDP status CDP CDP enable or disable...

Страница 400: ...es the device name in the form of a character string Local Intf The CDP neighbor information receiving port Holdtime The length of time a receiving device should hold CDP information before discarding it Capability Describes the device s functional capability in the form of a device type for example a switch Platform Describes the hardware platform name of the device for example Quanta the L2 Netw...

Страница 401: ...esses of the interface that has sent the update Platform Describes the hardware platform name of the device for example Quanta the L2 Network Switch Capability Describes the device s functional capability in the form of a device type for example a switch Local Interface The CDP neighbor information receiving port Port Id Identifies the port on which the CDP packet is sent Holdtime The length of ti...

Страница 402: ...DP traffic counters information Syntax show cdp traffic Default Setting None Command Mode Privileged Exec Display Message Incoming packet number Received legal CDP packets number from neighbors Outgoing packet number Transmitted CDP packets number from this device Error packet number Received illegal CDP packets number from neighbors ...

Страница 403: ... CDP Admin Mode Syntax cdp no cdp no This command is used to disable CDP Admin Mode Default Setting Enabled Command Mode Global Config 5 10 2 2 cdp run This command is used to enable CDP on a specified interface Syntax cdp run no cdp run no This command is used to disable CDP on a specified interface Default Setting Enabled Command Mode Interface Config ...

Страница 404: ...is command is used to disable CDP for all interfaces Default Setting Enabled Command Mode Global Config 5 10 2 3 cdp timer This command is used to configure an interval time seconds of the sending CDP packet Syntax cdp timer 5 254 no cdp timer 5 254 interval time Range 5 254 no This command is used to reset the interval time to the default value Default Setting 60 Command Mode Global Config ...

Страница 405: ...ng Commands 405 5 10 2 4 cdp holdtime This command is used to configure the hold time seconds of CDP Syntax cdp holdtime 10 255 10 255 interval time Range 10 255 no This command is used to hold time to the default value Default Setting 180 Command Mode Global Config ...

Страница 406: ... Time of last clock update Last Unicast Attempt Time Time of last transmit query in unicast mode Last Attempt Status Status of the last SNTP request in unicast mode or unsolicited message in broadcast mode Broadcast Count Current number of unsolicited broadcast messages that have been received and processed by the SNTP client since last reboot Multicast Count Current number of unsolicited multicas...

Страница 407: ...of two This command displays configured SNTP servers and SNTP server settings Syntax show sntp server Default Setting None Command Mode Privileged Exec Display Message Server IP Address IP Address of configured SNTP Server Server Type Address Type of Server Server Stratum Claimed stratum of the server for the last received valid packet Server Reference ID Reference clock identifier of the server f...

Страница 408: ...r of failed requests from server 5 11 1 2 show sntp source interface Use this command to display the SNTP client source interface configured on the switch Syntax show sntp source interface Default Setting None Command Mode Privileged Exec Display Message SNTP Client source Interface The interface ID of the physical or logical interface configured as the SNTP client source interface SNTP Client Sou...

Страница 409: ... the poll interval for SNTP broadcast clients in seconds as a power of two where poll interval can be a value from 6 to 10 Syntax sntp broadcast client poll interval 6 10 no sntp broadcast client poll interval 6 10 The range is 6 to 10 no This command will reset the poll interval for SNTP broadcast client back to its default value Default Setting 6 Command Mode Global Config ...

Страница 410: ...ommand will disable Simple Network Time Protocol SNTP client mode The SNTP IPv4 multicast address is 224 0 1 1 The SNTP IPv6 multicast address is ff05 101 IPv6 address doesn t support broadcast mode Default Setting None Command Mode Global Config 5 11 2 3 sntp client port This command will set the SNTP client port id and polling interval in seconds Syntax sntp client port portid no sntp client por...

Страница 411: ...UANTA COMPUTER INC Layer 2 3 4 Managed Switch QuantaMesh Switching Commands 411 ...

Страница 412: ... will reset the poll interval for SNTP unicast clients to its default value Default Setting The default value is 6 Command Mode Global Config 5 11 2 5 sntp unicast client poll timeout This command will set the poll timeout for SNTP unicast clients in seconds Syntax sntp unicast client poll timeout poll timeout no sntp unicast client poll timeout poll timeout Polling timeout in seconds The range is...

Страница 413: ...the poll retry for SNTP unicast clients in seconds Syntax sntp unicast client poll retry poll retry no sntp unicast client poll retry poll retry Polling retry in seconds The range is 0 to 10 no This command will reset the poll retry for SNTP unicast clients to its default value Default Setting The default value is 1 Command Mode Global Config ...

Страница 414: ... value of 1 4 and the port id is a value of 1 65535 Syntax sntp server ipaddress ipv6address domain name addresstype 1 3 version portid no sntp server remove ipaddress ipv6address domain name ipaddress ipv6address domain name IPv4 or IPv6 address or domain name of the SNTP server addresstype The address type is ipv4 or ipv6 or dns or dnsv6 1 3 The range is 1 to 3 version The range is 1 to 4 portid...

Страница 415: ...c Sets the local time zone before east of UTC after utc Sets the local time zone after west of UTC Default Setting Taipei 08 00 After UTC Command Mode Global Config 5 11 2 9 sntp multicast client poll internal This command will set the poll interval for SNTP multicast clients in seconds Syntax sntp multicast client poll interval poll interval no sntp multicast client poll interval poll interval Po...

Страница 416: ... its default behavior Syntax sntp source interface slot port loopback loopback id tunnel tunnel id vlan vlan id no sntp source interface slot port Specifies the port to use as the source interface loopback id Specifies the loopback interface to use as the source interface The range of the loopback ID is 0 to 7 tunnel id Specifies the tunnel interface to use as the source interface The range of the...

Страница 417: ... Transmit Interval Shows how frequently the system transmits local data LLDPDUs in seconds Transmit Hold Multiplier Shows the multiplier on the transmit interval that sets the TTL in local data LLDPDUs Reinit Delay Shows the delay before re initialization in seconds Notification Interval Shows how frequently the system sends remote data change notifications in seconds Transmit Delay Shows how freq...

Страница 418: ...c Display Message Interface Shows the interface in a slot port format Link Shows whether the link is up or down Transmit Shows whether the interface transmits LLDPDUs Receive Shows whether the interface receives LLDPDUs Notify Shows whether the interface sends remote data change notifications TLVs Shows whether the interface sends optional TLVs in the LLDPDUs The TLV codes can be 0 Port Descriptio...

Страница 419: ...r of times a complete remote data entry was deleted because the Time to Live interval expired The table contains the following column headings Interface Shows the interface in slot port format Tx Total Total number of LLDP packets transmitted on the port Rx Total Total number of LLDP packets received on the port Discards Total number of LLDP frames discarded on the port for any reason Errors The n...

Страница 420: ... LLDP remote data received on all ports or on a specific port Syntax show lldp remote device slot port slot port Displays a specific interface Default Setting None Command Mode Privileged Exec Display Message Local Interface Identifies the interface that received the LLDPDU from the remote device Rem ID Shows the ID of the remote device Chassis ID The ID that is sent by a remote device as part of ...

Страница 421: ...ystem Name Shows the system name of the remote device System Description Describes the remote system by identifying the system name and versions of hardware operating system and networking software supported in the device Port Description Describes the port in an alpha numeric format The port description is configurable System Capabilities Supported Indicates the primary function s of the device S...

Страница 422: ...ink Aggregation Aggregation Status Indicates the link aggregation capabilities and the current aggregation status Aggregation Port Id Aggregated port identifier Maximum Frame Size Shows the maximum frame size capability of the implemented MAC and PHY of the remote device Port VLAN Identity Shows the PVID of the connected port of the remote device Protocol VLAN Status Indicates the port and protoco...

Страница 423: ... Interface Identifies the interface in a slot port format Port ID Shows the port ID associated with this interface Port Description Shows the port description associated with the interface 5 12 1 7 show lldp local device detail This command uses to display detailed information about the LLDP data a specific interface transmits Syntax show lldp local device detail slot port slot port Displays a spe...

Страница 424: ...titation Identifies the auto negotiation support and current status of the local device PMD Auto Negetitation The duplex and bit rate capability of the port of the local device Operational MAU Type Displays the MAU type The MAU performs physical layer functions including digital data conversion from the Ethernet interfaces collision detection and bit injection into the network Power Via MDI MDI Po...

Страница 425: ... number of LLDP PDUs that will be transmitted when the protocol is enabled The range is from 1 to 10 Default value of fast repeat count is 3 Device Class Specifies local device s MED Classification There are four different kinds of devices three of them represent the actual end points classified as Class I Generic IP Communication Controller etc Class II Media Conference Bridge etc Class III Commu...

Страница 426: ...t slot port Displays a specific interface Default Setting None Command Mode Privileged Exec Display Message Interface Specifies all the ports on which LLDP MED can be configured Link Specifies the link status of the ports whether it is Up Down configMED Specifies the LLDP MED mode is enabled or disabled on this interface OperMED Specifies the LLDP MED TLVs are transmitted or not on this interface ...

Страница 427: ...ingvideo vidoesignalling Each application type that is received has the VLAN id priority DSCP tagged bit status and unknown bit status A port may receive one or many such application types If a network policy TLV has been transmitted only then would this information be displayed Vlan ID Specifies the VLAN id associated with a particular policy type Priority Specifies the priority associated with a...

Страница 428: ... power device type Extended POE PSE Specifies if extended PSE TLV is present in LLDP frame Available Specifies available power sourcing equipment s power value in tenths of watts on the port of local device Source Specifies power source of this port Priority Specifies PSE port power priority Extended POE PD Specifies if extended PD TLV is present in LLDP frame Required Specifies required power dev...

Страница 429: ...leged Exec Display Message Interface Specifies the list of all the ports on which LLDP MED is enabled Remote ID An internal identifier to the switch to mark each remote device to the system Device Class Specifies local device s MED Classification There are four different kinds of devices three of them represent the actual end points classified as Class I Generic IP Communication Controller etc Cla...

Страница 430: ...ed to the port Network Policies Specifies if network policy TLV is received in the LLDP frames on this port Media Policy Application Type Specifies the application type Types of application types are unknown voicesignaling guestvoice guestvoicesignalling softphonevoice videoconferencing streammingvideo vidoesignalling Each application type that is received has the VLAN id priority DSCP tagged bit ...

Страница 431: ...ifies remote device s PoE device type connected to this port Extended POE PSE Specifies if extended PSE TLV is received in LLDP frame on this port Available Specifies the remote ports PSE power value in tenths of watts Source Specifies the remote ports PSE power source Priority Specifies the remote ports PSE power priority Extended POE PD Specifies if extended PD TLV is received in LLDP frame on t...

Страница 432: ...LV s on the interfaces DCBX operational status Specifies the DCBX status of the interface Configured DCBX version Specifies the DCBX version on this interface Peer DCBX version Specifies the DCBX version of the peer device Peer MAC Specifies the MAC address of the peer device Peer Description Specifies the description of the peer device Auto configuration Port Role Specifies the DCBX role on this ...

Страница 433: ...he DCBX ets configuration TLV status of the interfaces ETS Recommend Specifies the DCBX DCBX ets recommendation TLV on the interfaces PFC Specifies the DCBX priority flow control TLV on the interfaces App priority Specifies the DCBX application priority TLV on the interfaces 5 12 1 15 show lldp remote comparison The user can go to the CLI Privilege Exec to d display LLDP comparison between remote ...

Страница 434: ... lldp notification interval This command is used to configure how frequently the system sends remote data change notifications The interval seconds parameter is the number of seconds to wait between sending notifications The valid interval range is 5 3600 seconds Syntax lldp notification interval interval seconds no lldp notification interval interval seconds Configures the number of seconds to wa...

Страница 435: ...no This command is used to return the reception of LLDPDUs to the default value Default Setting Disabled Command Mode Interface Config 5 12 2 4 lldp transmit This command uses to enable the LLDP advertise capability Syntax lldp transmit no lldp transmit no This command is used to return the local data transmission capability to the default Default Setting Disabled Command Mode Interface Config ...

Страница 436: ...smitted in the LLDPDUs Use sys name to transmit the system name TLV To configure the system name please refer to snmp server command Use sys descto transmit the system description TLV Use sys cap to transmit the system capabilities TLV Use port desc to transmit the port description TLV To configure the port description please refer to description command Use org spec to transmit the organization s...

Страница 437: ...ds is the delay before re initialization and the range is 1 0 seconds Syntax lldp timers interval interval seconds hold hold value reinit reinit seconds no lldp timers interval hold reinit interval seconds Configures the number of seconds to wait between transmitting local data LLDPDUs hold value Configures the multiplier on the transmit interval that sets the TTL in local data LLDPDUs reinit seco...

Страница 438: ...al data LLDPDUs The range is 1 8192 seconds Syntax lldp tx delay delay seconds no lldp tx delay no This command is used to return return the transmit delay to the default value Default Setting 2 Command Mode Global Config 5 12 2 9 lldp med The user can go to the CLI Interface Configuration Mode to set MED to enable use the lldp med Interface configuration command Use the no lldp med to disable med...

Страница 439: ...I Interface Configuration Mode to set all the ports to send the topology change notification use the lldp med confignotification Interface configuration command Use the no lldp med confignotification to disable notifications Syntax lldp med confignotification no lldp med confignotification Default Setting Disabled Command Mode Interface Config ...

Страница 440: ...v capabilities ex pd ex pse inventory location network policy to remove the TLVs Syntax lldp med transmit tlv capabilities ex pd ex pse inventory location network policy no lldp med transmit tlv capabilities ex pd ex pse inventory location network policy capabilities Transmit the LLDP capabilities TLV ex pd Transmit the LLDP extended PD TLV ex pse Transmit the LLDP extended PSE TLV inventory Trans...

Страница 441: ...o lldp med all Default Setting Disabled Command Mode Global config 5 12 2 13 lldp med confignotification all The user can go to the CLI Global Configuration Mode to set all the ports to send the topology change notification use the lldp med confignotification all Global configuration command Use the no lldp med confignotification all to remove all the ports to send the topology change notification...

Страница 442: ... go to the CLI Global Configuration Mode to set the fast start repeat count use the lldp med faststartrepeatcount Global configuration command Use the no lldp med faststartrepeatcount to return the default value 3 Syntax lldp med faststartrepeatcount 1 10 no lldp med faststartrepeatcount Default Setting 3 Command Mode Global Config ...

Страница 443: ... pse inventory location network policy capabilities Transmit the LLDP capabilities TLV ex pd Transmit the LLDP extended PD TLV ex pse Transmit the LLDP extended PSE TLV inventory Transmit the LLDP inventory TLV location Transmit the LLDP location TLV network policy Transmit the LLDP network policy TLV Default Setting None Command Mode Global Config 5 12 2 16 lldp dcbx version This command is used ...

Страница 444: ...the lldp dcbx port role Interface configuration command Use the no lldp dcbx port role to reset this function to default Syntax lldp dcbx port role auto down auto up configuration source manual no lldp dcbx port role auto down Configure interface as auto down stream auto up Configure interface as auto up stream configuration source Configure interface as configuration source manual Configure inter...

Страница 445: ...ect to disable this function Syntax lldp tlv select dcbxp application priority ets config ets recommend pfc no lldp tlv select dcbxp application priority Include DCBX application priority TLV ets config Include DCBX ets configuration TLV ets recommend Include DCBX ets recommendation TLV pfc Include DCBX priority flow control TLV Default Setting manual Command Mode Interface Config Global Config ...

Страница 446: ...ments received Number of subset advertisements received by this switch on its trunk ports Request advertisements received Number of advertisement requests received by this switch on its trunk ports Summary advertisements transmitted Number of summary advertisements sent by this switch on its trunk ports Subset advertisements transmitted Number of subset advertisements sent by this switch on its tr...

Страница 447: ...atus Default Setting None Command Mode Privileged Exec Display Message VTP Status Indicates whether VTP is enabled or disabled VTP Version Displays the VTP version operating on the switch Configuration Revision Displays the current configuration revision number on this switch Maximum VTP supported VLANs Maximum number of VLANs supported locally VTP support VLAN number Number of existing VLANs VTP ...

Страница 448: ...onfiguration last modified Displays the time stamp of the last configuration modification and the IP address of the switch that caused the configuration change to the database Local updater ID Displays the Local updater ID for the VTP domain status 5 13 1 4 show vtp trunkport This command displays the VTP trunkport status Syntax show vtp trunkport Default Setting None Command Mode Privileged Exec ...

Страница 449: ...sh Switching Commands 449 5 13 2 Configuration Commands 5 13 2 1 vtp This command uses to configure global VTP administrative mode Syntax vtp no vtp no This command disables global VTP administrative mode Default Setting Disabled Command Mode Global Config ...

Страница 450: ... vtp domain string no vtp domain string Configures the string for domain name maximum length 32 bytes no This command resets the domain name to NULL The system disables the VTP for its initialization The maximum length of administrative domain name is 32 bytes The system s default administrative domain name is NULL Default Setting None Command Mode Global Config ...

Страница 451: ...t This command set client mode for VTP server This command set server mode for VTP transparent This command set transparent mode for VTP no This command resets the VTP mode to default value Default Setting Server Command Mode Global Config 5 13 2 4 vtp version Use the no vtp version to reset the VTP version number to default value Syntax vtp version 1 2 no vtp version no This command resets the VT...

Страница 452: ...sword Configures VTP administrative domain password Max length 64 bytes no This command resets the VTP domain password to default value Default Setting None Command Mode Global Config 5 13 2 6 vtp pruning This command uses to configure the adminstrative domain to permit pruning Syntax vtp pruning no vtp pruning no This command resets the pruning mode to default value Default Setting Disabled Comma...

Страница 453: ...t all no vtp trunkport all no This command resets the adminstrative domain trunk port to default value Default Setting Disabled Command Mode Global Config This command uses to configure the adminstrative domain trunk port on specific interfaces Syntax vtp trunkport no vtp trunkport no This command resets the adminstrative domain trunk port to default value Default Setting Disabled Command Mode Int...

Страница 454: ... status of all the interfaces including protected and unprotected interfaces Syntax show switchport protected 0 2 Default Setting None Command Mode Privileged Exec Display Message Name An name of the protected port group Member Ports List of ports which are configured as protected for the group identified with groupid If no port is configured as protected for this group this field is blank ...

Страница 455: ...erface protected unprotected under the groupid Syntax show interface switchport protected slot port groupid Default Setting None Command Mode Privileged Exec Display Message Name An name of the protected port group Protected Indicates whether the interface is protected or not It shows TRUE or FALSE If the group is a multiple groups then it shows TRUE in Group groupid ...

Страница 456: ...fic between ports on two different switches No traffic forwarding is possible between two protected ports Syntax switchport protected 0 2 name name no switchport protected 0 2 name name Assigns a name to the protected port group no Remove a name from the protected port group Default Setting None Command Mode Global Config This command uses to add an interface to a protected port group The groupid ...

Страница 457: ...ou supply a value for macaddr you must also enter a value for vlan id and the system displays Static MAC Filter information only for that MAC address and VLAN Syntax show mac addr table static macaddr vlan id macaddr Static MAC address vlan id VLAN ID The range of VLAN ID is 1 to 4093 Default Setting None Command Mode Privileged Exec Display Message MAC Address Is the MAC Address of the static MAC...

Страница 458: ...0 00 01 80 C2 00 00 00 to 01 80 C2 00 00 0F 01 80 C2 00 00 20 to 01 80 C2 00 00 21 and FF FF FF FF FF FF The vlan id parameter must identify a valid VLAN You can create up to 100 static MAC filters Syntax macfilter macaddr vlan id no macfilter macaddr vlan id macaddr Specified a 6 byte hexadecimal number in the format of b1 b2 b3 b4 b5 b6 vlan id VLAN ID The range of VLAN ID is 1 to 4093 no This c...

Страница 459: ...exadecimal number in the format of b1 b2 b3 b4 b5 b6 The vlan id parameter must identify a valid VLAN Syntax macfilter addsrc macaddr vlan id no macfilter addsrc macaddr vlan id macaddr Specified a 6 byte hexadecimal number in the format of b1 b2 b3 b4 b5 b6 vlan id VLAN ID The range of VLAN ID is 1 to 4093 no This command removes a port from the source filter set for the MAC filter with the MAC a...

Страница 460: ...mal number in the format of b1 b2 b3 b4 b5 b6 The vlan id parameter must identify a valid VLAN Syntax macfilter addsrc all macaddr vlan id no macfilter addsrc all macaddr vlan id macaddr Specified a 6 byte hexadecimal number in the format of b1 b2 b3 b4 b5 b6 vlan id VLAN ID The range of VLAN ID is 1 to 4093 no This command removes all interfaces to the source filter set for the MAC filter with th...

Страница 461: ...6 1 clear 5 16 1 1 clear arp This command causes all ARP entries of type dynamic to be removed from the ARP cache Syntax clear arp Default Setting None Command Mode Privileged Exec 5 16 1 2 clear traplog This command clears the trap log Syntax clear traplog Default Setting None Command Mode Privileged Exec ...

Страница 462: ...which contains error messages from the system Syntax clear eventlog Default Setting None Command Mode Privileged Exec 5 16 1 4 clear logging buffered This command is used to clear the message log maintained by the switch The message log contains system trace information Syntax clear logging buffered Default Setting None Command Mode Privileged Exec ...

Страница 463: ...cally reset when this command is processed You are prompted to confirm that the reset should proceed Syntax clear config Default Setting None Command Mode Privileged Exec 5 16 1 6 clear pass This command resets all user passwords to the factory defaults without powering off the switch You are prompted to confirm that the password reset should proceed Syntax clear pass Default Setting None Command ...

Страница 464: ...id is the desired port channel ID The port channel ID is range from 1 to 64 all All interfaces Default Setting None Command Mode Privileged Exec 5 16 1 8 clear dns This command sets the DNS configuration to default value The command will only clear the DNS statistics used option command counter or only clear all entries from the DNS cache used option command cache Syntax clear dns counter cache co...

Страница 465: ...bors information and the CDP packet counters Syntax clear cdp traffic traffic this command is used to clear the CDP packet counters Default Setting None Command Mode Privileged Exec 5 16 1 10 clear vlan This command resets VLAN configuration parameters to the factory defaults Syntax clear vlan Default Setting None Command Mode Privileged Exec ...

Страница 466: ...managed by the IGMP Snooping function and will attempt to delete these entries from the Multicast Forwarding Database Syntax clear igmp snooping Default Setting None Command Mode Privileged Exec 5 16 1 12 clear port channel This command clears all port channels LAGs Syntax clear port channel Default Setting None Command Mode Privileged Exec ...

Страница 467: ...all ip filter entries Syntax clear ip filter Default Setting None Command Mode Privileged Exec 5 16 1 14 clear dot1x authentication history This command resets the 802 1x authenticaiton history Syntax clear dot1x authentication history slot port slot port is the desired interface number Default Setting None Command Mode Privileged Exec ...

Страница 468: ...r the specified port or for all ports Syntax clear dot1x statistics all slot port slot port is the desired interface number all All interfaces Default Setting None Command Mode Privileged Exec 5 16 1 16 clear radius statistics This command is used to clear all RADIUS statistics Syntax clear radius statistics Default Setting None Command Mode Privileged Exec ...

Страница 469: ...s command is used to clear all entries domain names for incomplete host names Syntax clear domain list Default Setting None Command Mode Privileged Exec 5 16 1 18 clear hosts This command is used to clear all static host name to address mapping Syntax clear hosts Default Setting None Command Mode Privileged Exec ...

Страница 470: ...on this interface will be removed Default Setting None Command Mode Privileged Exec 5 16 1 20 clear ip arp cache This command causes all ARP entries of type dynamic to be removed from the ARP cache If the gateway keyword is specified the dynamic entries of type gateway are purged as well If interface keyword is specified he dymanic entries of that interface on the ARP cache Table are purged Syntax...

Страница 471: ... command will use to reset all LLDP statistics Syntax clear lldp statistics Default Setting None Command Mode Privileged Exec 5 16 1 22 clear lldp remote data This command will use to delete all information from the LLDP remote data table Syntax clear lldp remote data Default Setting None Command Mode Privileged Exec ...

Страница 472: ...ain text password Default Setting None Command Mode Global Config 5 16 1 24 enable passwd encrypted This command allows the administrator to transfer the enable password between devices without having to know the password The password parameter must be exactly 128 hexidecimal characters Syntax enable passwd 7 password 7 entrypted password Default Setting None Command Mode Global Config ...

Страница 473: ...ed Exec 5 16 1 26 clear ipv6 statistics This command will use to clear IPv6 statistics for all interfaces or for a specific interface including loopback and tunnel interfaces IPv6 statistics display in the output of the show ipv6 traffic command If you do not specify an interface the counters for all IPv6 traffic statistics reset to zero Syntax clear ipv6 statistics slot port loopback loopback id ...

Страница 474: ... DHCPv6 statistics for all interfaces or for a specific interface Use the slot port parameter to specify the interface Syntax clear ipv6 dhcp statistics interface slot port vlan vlan id statistics slot port Specify the interface vlan id Specifies the VLAN interface The range of the VLAN ID is 1 to 4093 Default Setting None Command Mode Privileged Exec ...

Страница 475: ...ce as running config and the destination as startup config filename The command can also be used to download ssh key files as sshkey rsa sshkey rsa2 and sshkey dsa and http secure server certificates as sslpem root sslpem server sslpem dhweak and sslpem dhstrong 5 16 2 1 Upload file from switch Syntax copy startup config url sourcefilename copy errorlog log traplog cpu pkt capture url copy script ...

Страница 476: ...rl script destfilename where url xmodem tftp ipaddr path file ftp user pass ipaddr path file destfilename name of the image file or the script file url xmodem tftp ipaddr path file or ftp user pass ipaddr path file sshkey rsa1 SSH RSA1 Key file sshkey rsa2 SSH RSA2 Key file sshkey dsa SSH DSA Key file sslpem root Secure Root PEM file sslpem server Secure Server PEM file sslpem dhweak Secure DH Wea...

Страница 477: ...url filename name of the configuration file url xmodem tftp ipaddr path file or ftp user pass ipaddr path file Default Setting None Command Mode Privileged Exec 5 16 2 4 This command upload or download the pre login banner file Syntax copy clibanner url copy url clibanner no clibanner url xmodem tftp ipaddr path file or ftp user pass ipaddr path file no Delete CLI banner Default Setting None Comma...

Страница 478: ...d Switch QuantaMesh Switching Commands 478 5 16 3 delete This command is used to delete a configuration or image file Syntax delete filename filename name of the configuration or image file Default Setting None Command Mode Privileged Exec ...

Страница 479: ...e configuration or image file config configuration file opcode run time operation code Default Setting None Command Mode Privileged Exec Display Message Column Heading Description date The date that the file was created file name The name of the file file type File types Boot Rom Operation Code and Config file startup Shows if this file is used when the system is started size The length of the fil...

Страница 480: ...owered up Syntax whichboot Default Setting None Command Mode Privileged Exec 5 16 6 boot system This command is used to specify the file or image used to start up the system Syntax boot system config opcode filename filename name of the configuration or image file config configuration file opcode run time operation code Default Setting None Command Mode Privileged Exec ...

Страница 481: ...he switch can be pinged from any IP workstation with which the switch is connected through the default VLAN VLAN 1 as long as there is a physical path between the switch and the workstation The terminal interface sends three pings to the target station Syntax ping ipaddress hostname count 0 20000000 size 32 512 ping ipaddress hostname size 32 512 count 0 20000000 ipaddress hostname a host name or ...

Страница 482: ...ed through the default VLAN VLAN 1 as long as there is a physical path between the switch and the workstation The terminal interface sends three pings to the target station Use the ipv6 address parameter to ping an interface by using the global IPv6 address of the interface or use the hostname parameter to ping a interface by using the hostname of the target Use the optional size keyword to specif...

Страница 483: ...ation The terminal interface sends three pings to the target station Use the interface keyword to ping an interface by using the link local address You can use a loopback tunnel or logical interface as the source Use the optional size keyword to specify the size of the ping packet Syntax ping ipv6 interface slot port serviceport switchport tunnel tunnel id loopback loopback id link local address s...

Страница 484: ...nitTtl maxTtl maxTtl interval interval count count ipaddr hostname The IP address or destination host you want to trace initTtl The Use initTtl to specify the initial time to live TTL the maximum number of router hops between the local and remote system Range is 1 to 255 maxTtl Use maxTtle to specify the maximum TTL Range is 1 to 255 interval Use interval to specify the time between probes in seco...

Страница 485: ...nterval count count ipv6 address hostname A valid IPv6 address or hostname ipaddr The IP address or destination host you want to trace initTtl The Use initTtl to specify the initial time to live TTL the maximum number of router hops between the local and remote system Range is 1 to 255 maxTtl Use maxTtle to specify the maximum TTL Range is 1 to 255 interval Use interval to specify the time between...

Страница 486: ... 486 5 16 9 logging cli command This command enables the CLI command Logging feature The Command Logging component enables the switch to log all Command Line Interface CLI commands issued on the system Syntax logging cli command Default Setting None Command Mode Global Config ...

Страница 487: ... Default Setting None Command Mode Privileged Exec 5 16 11 reload This command resets the switch without powering it off Reset means that all network connections are terminated and the boot code executes The switch uses the stored configuration to initialize the switch You are prompted to confirm that the reset should proceed A successful reset is indicated by the LEDs on the switch Syntax reload ...

Страница 488: ...mand is used to activate global configuration mode Syntax configure Default Setting None Command Mode Privileged Exec 5 16 13 disconnect This command is used to close a telnet session Syntax disconnect 0 58 all 0 58 telnet session ID all all telnet sessions Default Setting None Command Mode Privileged Exec ...

Страница 489: ...6 14 hostname This command is used to set the prompt string Syntax hostname prompt_string prompt_string Prompt string Default Setting Quanta Command Mode Global Config 5 16 15 quit This command is used to exit a CLI session Syntax quit Default Setting None Command Mode Privileged Exec ...

Страница 490: ... connector Short There is an electrical short in the cable Cable Test Failed The cable status could not be determined The cable may in fact be working Cable Length If this feature is supported by the PHY for the current link speed the cable length is displayed as a range between the shortest estimated length and the longest estimated length Note that if the link is down and a cable is attached to ...

Страница 491: ...After acquiring an IP address and the additional relevant information from the DHCP server the switch downloads the image file or configuration file from the TFTP server A downloaded image is utomatically installed A downloaded configuration file is saved to non volatile memory 5 16 17 1 Show Commands 5 16 17 1 1 show autoinstall This command displays the current status of the AutoInstall process ...

Страница 492: ...the startup or running configuration file Syntax boot system autoinstall start stop Default Setting None Command Mode Privileged Exec Display Message None 5 16 17 2 2 boot system host autoinstall Use this command to enable AutoInstall on the switch for the next reboot cycle The command does not change the current behavior of AutoInstall and saves the command to NVRAM Syntax boot system host autoin...

Страница 493: ...se this command to disable automatically saving the downloaded configuration on the switch Default Setting None Command Mode Privileged Exec Display Message None 5 16 17 2 4 boot system host autoreboot Use this command to allow the switch to automatically reboot after successfully downloading an image When auto reboot is enabled no administrative action is required to activate the image and reload...

Страница 494: ...stem host upgrade no boot system host upgrade no Use this command to disable this function Default Setting None Command Mode Privileged Exec Display Message None 5 16 17 2 6 boot system host retrycount Use this command to set the number of attempts to download a configuration file from the TFTP server Syntax boot system host retrycount 1 3 Default Setting 3 Command Mode Privileged Exec Display Mes...

Страница 495: ...are captured and have not yet been displayed during a capture session Captured packets are not retained after a reload cycle Syntax show capture packets packets Specifies this parameter to display the captured packets on the CLI Default Setting None Command Mode Privileged Exec Display Message Operational Status Displays capture status Current Capturing Type Displays the current capturing type Pos...

Страница 496: ...mand is not persistent across a reboot cycle Syntax capture start all received transmit all Specifies all to capture packets for both transmitted and received packets received Specifies received to capture only received packets transmit Specifies transmit to capture only transmitted packets Default Setting None Command Mode Privileged Exec 5 16 18 2 2 capture stop Use this command to manually stop...

Страница 497: ...k tool for Microsoft Windows A packet capture server runs on the switch side and sends the captured packets via a TCP connection to the Wireshark tool The remote capture can be enabled or disable using the CLI There should be a Windows PC with the Wireshark tool to display the captured file When using the remote capture mode the switch does not sotre any captured data locally on its file system Yo...

Страница 498: ...rt id port id Configure the listening port for remote Wireshark tool The range of port ID is 1024 to 49151 Default Setting 2002 Command Mode Global Config 5 16 18 2 5 capture file size Use this command to configure file capture options This command is persistent across a reboot cycle Syntax capture file size file size file size Configure the file size in KB The range of file size is 2 to 512KB Def...

Страница 499: ...16 18 2 6 capture line warp This command enables wrapping of captured packets in line mode when the captured packets reaches full capacity This command is persistent across a reboot cycle Syntax capture line wrap no capture line wrap Default Setting Disable Command Mode Global Config ...

Страница 500: ...ected to the end user and trusted interfaces connected to the DHCP server or another switch DHCP snooping enforces the following security rules DHCP packets from a DHCP server DHCPOFFER DHCPACK DHCPNAK DHCPRELEASEQUERY are dropped if received on an untrusted port DHCPRELEASE and DHCPDECLINE messages are dropped if for a MAC address in the snooping database but the binding s interface is other than...

Страница 501: ...tions and per port configurations Syntax show ip dhcp snooping Default Setting None Command Mode Privileged Exec Display Message Interface The interface for which data is displayed Trusted If it is enabled DHCP snooping considers the port as trusted The factory default is disabled Log Invalid Pkts If it is enabled DHCP snooping application logs invalid packets on the specified interface ...

Страница 502: ...estrict the output based on VLAN Syntax show ip dhcp snooping binding static dynamic interface slot port vlan id Default Setting None Command Mode Privileged Exec Display Message MAC Address Displays the MAC address for the binding that was added The MAC address is the key to the binding database IP Address Displays the valid IP address for the binding rule VLAN The VLAN for the binding rule Inter...

Страница 503: ...CP Snooping configuration related to the database persistency Syntax show ip dhcp snooping database Default Setting None Command Mode Privileged Exec Display Message Agent URL Bindings database agent URL Write Delay The maximum write time to write the database into local or remote Abort Timer The maximum time to abort the database transfer process ...

Страница 504: ...Failures Represents the number of DHCP messages that were filtered on an untrusted interface because of source MAC address and client HW address mismatch Client Ifc Mismatch Represents the number of DHCP release and Deny messages received on the different ports than learned previously DHCP Server Msgs Rec d Represents the number of DHCP server messages received on untrusted ports 5 17 1 5 show ip ...

Страница 505: ...nooping information stats interface slot port slot port Interface number Default Setting None Command Mode Privileged Exec 5 17 1 7 show ip dhcp snooping information agent option vlan This command display the DHCP Option 82 configuration specific to VLAN Syntax show ip dhcp snooping information agent option vlan vlan list vlan list Specifies VLAN ID in a list The range of VLAN ID is 1 to 4093 Defa...

Страница 506: ...st vlan list Specifies VLAN ID in a list The range of VLAN ID is 1 to 4093 Default Setting None Command Mode Privileged Exec 5 17 1 9 show ip dhcp snooping information circuit id vlan This command display the DHCP Option 82 circuit id configuration specific to VLAN Syntax show ip dhcp snooping information circuit id vlan vlan list vlan list Specifies VLAN ID in a list The range of VLAN ID is 1 to ...

Страница 507: ...hcp snooping information remote id vlan vlan list vlan list Specifies VLAN ID in a list The range of VLAN ID is 1 to 4093 Default Setting None Command Mode Privileged Exec 5 17 1 11 show ip dhcp snooping information interface This command display DHCP Option 82 configuration interface Syntax show ip dhcp snooping information interface slot port slot port Specifies the interface number Default Sett...

Страница 508: ...isables the DHCP Snooping globally Default Setting Disabled Command Mode Global Config 5 17 2 2 ip dhcp snooping vlan This command enables the DHCP Snooping on a list of comma separated VLAN ranges Syntax ip dhcp snooping vlan vlan list no ip dhcp snooping vlan vlan list vlan list Specifies VLAN ID in a list The range of VLAN ID is 1 to 4093 no This command disables the DHCP Snooping on VLANs Defa...

Страница 509: ... mac address no ip dhcp snooping verify mac address no This command disables the verification of the source MAC address with the client hardware address Default Setting Disabled Command Mode Global Config 5 17 2 4 ip dhcp snooping database This command configures the persistent location of the DHCP Snooping database This can be local or a remote file on a given IP machine Syntax ip dhcp snooping d...

Страница 510: ...ds no ip dhcp snooping database write delay no This command sets the write delay value to the default value Default Setting 300 seconds Command Mode Global Config 5 17 2 6 ip dhcp snooping database timeout This command configures the DHCP snooping bindings store timeout in 15 to 86400 seconds 0 is defined as an infinite duration Syntax ip dhcp snooping database timeout in seconds no ip dhcp snoopi...

Страница 511: ...e Default Setting None Command Mode Global Config 5 17 2 8 ip dhcp snooping limit This command controls the rate at which the DHCP Snooping messages come The default rate is 15 pps with a range from 0 to 300 pps The default burst level is 1 second with a range of 1 to 15 seconds Syntax ip dhcp snooping limit rate pps burst interval seconds none no ip dhcp snooping limit no This command sets the ra...

Страница 512: ...ng log invalid no ip dhcp snooping log invalid no This command disables the logging DHCP messages filtration by the DHCP Snooping application Default Setting Disabled Command Mode Interface Config 5 17 2 10 ip dhcp snooping trust This command configures the port as trusted Syntax ip dhcp snooping trust no ip dhcp snooping trust no This command configures the port as untrusted Default Setting Disab...

Страница 513: ...umber Command Mode Privileged EXEC 5 17 2 12 clear ip dhcp snooping statistics Use this command to clear all DHCP Snooping statistics Syntax clear ip dhcp snooping statistics Command Mode Privileged EXEC 5 17 2 13 ip dhcp snooping information option This command ip dhcp snooping information option enables the DHCP L2 option mode on the system Syntax ip dhcp snooping information option no ip dhcp s...

Страница 514: ...UANTA COMPUTER INC Layer 2 3 4 Managed Switch QuantaMesh Switching Commands 514 Global Config ...

Страница 515: ...circuit id on a range of VLANs When enabled the circuit ID is added in DHCP Option 82 Use this command with no argument to disable the DHCP Snooping information option circuit id on a range of VLANs Clear the DHCP Option 82 circuit ID for a VLAN The circuit ID format should be in the form of LLLLVVVVXXYYZZ LLLL is the length from V to Z VVVV VLAN ID XX is the Unit ID YY is the function module ID a...

Страница 516: ...remote ID format should be in the form of LLLLXXXXX LLLL is the length from remote id strings Syntax ip dhcp snooping information option remote id remoteId string vlan vlan list no ip dhcp snooping information option remote id vlan vlan list vlan list Specifies VLAN ID in a list The range of VLAN ID is 1 to 4093 no Clear the DHCP Option 82 remoteId ID for a VLAN Default Setting Disabled Command Mo...

Страница 517: ...st Use this command to configure an interface as trusted for Option 82 reception Syntax ip dhcp snooping information option trust no ip dhcp snooping information option trust no This command with no argument to configure an interface to default untrusted for Option 82 reception Default Setting Disabled Command Mode Global Config ...

Страница 518: ...ured by the DHCP snooping process When a client receives a valid IP address from the DHCP server or when a static IP source binding is configured by the user a per port and VLAN Access Control List is installed on the port This process restricts the client IP traffic to those source IP addresses configured in the binding any IP traffic with a source IP address other than that in the IP source bind...

Страница 519: ...and Mode Privileged Exec Display Message Interface Interface address in slot port format Filter Type Is one of two values ip mac User has configured MAC address filtering on this interface ip Only IP address filtering on this interface 5 18 1 2 show ip verify source This command displays the IPSG interface and binding configurations on all ports Syntax show ip verify source interface slot port slo...

Страница 520: ...rt security is disabled on the interface then the MAC Address field displays permit all VLAN The VLAN for the binding rule 5 18 1 3 show ip source binding This command displays the IPSG bindings Syntax show ip source binding static dhcp snooping interface slot port vlan vlan id Default Setting None Command Mode Privileged Exec Display Message MAC Address The MAC address for the entry that is added...

Страница 521: ...ic will be filtered based on the IP and MAC addresses Syntax ip verify source port security no ip verify source port security no This command disables the IPSG configuration in the hardware Default Setting Disabled Command Mode Interface Config 5 18 2 2 ip verify binding This command configures static IP source guard IPSG entries Syntax ip verify binding mac address vlan vlan id ip address interfa...

Страница 522: ...lid MAC address to IP address bindings before the local ARP cache is updated or the packet is forwarded to the appropriate destination Invalid ARP packets are dropped DAI determines the validity of an ARP packet based on valid MAC address to IP address bindings stored in a trusted database This database is built at runtime by DHCP snooping provided this feature is enabled on VLANs and on the switc...

Страница 523: ...of VLAN ID is 1 to 4093 Default Setting None Command Mode Privileged Exec Display Message VLAN The VLAN ID for each displayed row Forwarded The total number of valid ARP packets forwarded in this VLAN Dropped The total number of not valid ARP packets dropped in this VLAN DHCP Drops The number of packets dropped due to DHCP snooping binding database match failure ACL Drops The number of packets dro...

Страница 524: ...on vlan vlan list vlan list Specifies VLAN ID in a list The range of VLAN ID is 1 to 4093 Default Setting None Command Mode Privileged Exec Display Message Source MAC Validation Displays whether Source MAC Validation of ARP frame is enabled or disabled Destination MAC Validation Displays whether Destination MAC Validation is enabled or disabled IP Address Validation Displays whether IP Address Val...

Страница 525: ...for DAI Given a slot port interface argument the command displays the values for that interface whether the interface is enabled for DAI or not Syntax show ip arp inspection interfaces slot port slot port Interface Number Default Setting None Command Mode Privileged Exec Display Message Interface The interface ID for each displayed row Trust State Whether the interface is trusted or untrusted for ...

Страница 526: ...mmands 526 5 19 1 4 show arp access list This command displays the configured ARP ACLs with the rules Giving an ARP ACL name as the argument will display only the rules in that ARP ACL Syntax show arp access list acl name Default Setting None Command Mode Privileged Exec ...

Страница 527: ...src mac dst mac ip no ip arp inspection validate src mac dst mac ip no This command disables the additional validation checks on the received ARP packets Default Setting Disabled Command Mode Global Config 5 19 2 2 ip arp inspection vlan This command enables Dynamic ARP Inspection on a list of comma separated VLAN ranges Syntax ip arp inspection vlan vlan list no ip arp inspection vlan vlan list n...

Страница 528: ...ed Command Mode Global Config 5 19 2 4 ip arp inspection filter This command configures the ARP ACL used to filter invalid ARP packets on a list of comma separated VLAN ranges If the static keyword is given packets that do not match a permit statement are dropped without consulting the DHCP snooping bindings Syntax ip arp inspection filter acl name vlan vlan list static no ip arp inspection filter...

Страница 529: ...Mode Interface Config 5 19 2 6 ip arp inspection limit This command configures the rate limit and burst interval values for an interface Configuring none for the limit means the interface is not rate limited for Dynamic ARP Inspections Syntax ip arp inspection limit rate pps burst interval seconds none no ip arp inspection limit no This command sets the rate limit and burst interval values for an ...

Страница 530: ...gured ARP ACL Default Setting None Command Mode Global Config 5 19 2 8 permit ip host mac host This command configures a rule for a valid IP address and MAC address combination used in ARP packet validation Syntax permit ip host sender ip mac host sender mac no permit ip host sender ip mac host sender mac no This command deletes a rule for a valid IP and MAC combination Default Setting None Comman...

Страница 531: ...h QuantaMesh Switching Commands 531 5 19 2 9 clear ip arp inspection statistics This command resets the statistics for Dynamic ARP Inspection on all VLANs Syntax clear ip arp inspection statistics Default Setting None Command Mode Privileged Exec ...

Страница 532: ...icy attributes may be defined on a per class instance basis and it is these attributes that are applied when a match occurs Packet processing begins by testing the match criteria for a packet A policy is applied to a packet when a class match within that policy is found Note that the type of class all any or acl has a bearing on the validity of match criteria specified when defining the class A cl...

Страница 533: ... deny all rule also copied no nesting of class type acl Regarding nested classes referred to here as class references a given class definition can contain at most one reference to another class which can be combined with other match criteria The referenced class is truly a reference and not a copy since additions to a referenced class affect all classes that reference it Changes to any class defin...

Страница 534: ...e While disabled the DiffServ configuration is retained and can be changed but it is not activated When enabled Diffserv services are activated Syntax diffserv Command Mode Global Config 5 20 1 2 no diffserv This command sets the DiffServ operational mode to inactive While disabled the DiffServ configuration is retained and can be changed but it is not activated When enabled Diffserv services are ...

Страница 535: ...re created The CLI command root is class map 5 20 2 1 class map This command defines a new DiffServ class of type match all match any or match access group Syntax class map match all class map name ipv4 ipv6 class map name is a case sensitive alphanumeric string from 1 to 31 characters uniquely identifying the class When used without any match condition this command enters the class map mode The c...

Страница 536: ...ssued at any time if the class is currently referenced by one or more policies or by any other class this deletion attempt shall fail Command Mode Global Config 5 20 2 3 class map rename This command changes the name of a DiffServ class Syntax class map rename new class map name new class map name is a case sensitive alphanumeric string from 1 to 31 characters uniquely identifying the class The cl...

Страница 537: ...ssname refclassname is the name of an existing DiffServ class whose match conditions are being referenced by the specified class definition There is no not option for this match command Default Setting None Command Mode Class Map Config Ipv6 Class Map Config Restrictions The class types of both classname and refclassname must be identical that is any vs any or all vs all A class type of acl is not...

Страница 538: ... and successor classes must not exceed a platform specific maximum In some cases each removal of a refclass rule reduces the maximum number of available rules in the class definition by one 5 20 2 6 no match class map This command removes from the specified class definition the set of match conditions defined for another class Syntax no match class map refclassname refclassname is the name of an e...

Страница 539: ...om 0 to 7 This command is not available on the Broadcom 5630x platform Syntax match cos 0 7 Default Setting None Command Mode Class Map Config 5 20 2 8 match secondary cos This command adds to the specified class definition a match condition for the secondary Class of Service value the inner 802 1Q tag of a double VLAN tagged packet The value may be from 0 to 7 This command is supported on the Bro...

Страница 540: ...digit hexadecimal numbers separated by colons e g 00 11 22 dd ee ff The mac mask parameter is a layer 2 MAC address bit mask which need not be contiguous and is formatted as six two digit hexadecimal numbers separated by colons e g ff 07 23 ff fe dc This command is not available on the Broadcom 5630x platform Syntax match destination address mac address mac mask address Specifies any layer 2 MAC a...

Страница 541: ...ified class definition a match condition based on the destination IP address of a packet Syntax match dstip ipaddr ipmask ipaddr specifies an IP address ipmask specifies an IP address bit mask note that although similar to a standard subnet mask this bit mask need not be contiguous Default Setting None Command Mode Class Map Config ...

Страница 542: ...key values are domain echo ftp ftpdata http smtp snmp telnet tftp www Each of these translates into its equivalent port number which is used as both the start and end of a port range To specify the match condition using a numeric notation one layer 4 port number is required The port number is an integer from 0 to 65535 To specify the match condition using a numeric range notation two layer 4 port ...

Страница 543: ...ed as one of the following keywords appletalk arp ibmsna ipv4 ipv6 ipx mplsmcast mplsucast netbios novell pppoe rarp or as a custom ethertype value in the range of 0x0600 0xFFFF This command is not available on the Broadcom 5630x platform Syntax match ethertype keyword 0x0600 0xFFFF keyword Specifies appletalk arp ibmsna ipv4 ipv6 ipx mplsmcast etc 0x0600 0xFFFF Specifies ethertype value Default S...

Страница 544: ...alue is specified as either an integer from 0 to 63 or symbolically through one of the following keywords af11 af12 af13 af21 af22 af23 af31 af32 af33 af41 af42 af43 be cs0 cs1 cs2 cs3 cs4 cs5 cs6 cs7 ef The ip dscp ip precedence and ip tos match conditions are alternative ways to specify a match criterion for the same Service Type field in the IP header but with a slightly different user notation...

Страница 545: ...IP header the low order five bits are not checked The precedence value is an integer from 0 to 7 Syntax match ip precedence 0 7 The ip dscp ip precedence and ip tos match conditions are alternative ways to specify a match criterion for the same Service Type field in the IP header but with a slightly different user notation To specify a match on all Precedence values use the match not ip tos tosbit...

Страница 546: ...s in tosbits that are used for comparison against the IP TOS field in a packet For example to check for an IP TOS value having bits 7 and 5 set and bit 1 clear where bit 7 is most significant use a tosbits value of a0 hex and a tosmask of a2 hex The ip dscp ip precedence and ip tos match conditions are alternative ways to specify a match criterion for the same Service Type field in the IP header b...

Страница 547: ...5 protocol name is one of the supported protocol name keywords The currently supported values are icmp igmp ip tcp udp Note that a value of ip is interpreted to match all protocol number values To specify the match condition using a numeric value notation the protocol number is a standard value assigned by IANA and is interpreted as an integer from 0 to 255 This command does not validate the proto...

Страница 548: ...digit hexadecimal numbers separated by colons e g 00 11 22 dd ee ff The macmask parameter is a layer 2 MAC address bit mask which may not be contiguous and is formatted as six two digit hexadecimal numbers separated by colons e g ff 07 23 ff fe dc This command is not available on the Broadcom 5630x platform Syntax match source address mac address macmask address Specifies any layer 2 MAC address m...

Страница 549: ...cified class definition a match condition based on the source IP address of a packet Syntax match srcip ipaddr ipmask ipaddr specifies an IP address ipmask specifies an IP address bit mask note that although it resembles a standard subnet mask this bit mask need not be contiguous Default Setting None Command Mode Class Map Config ...

Страница 550: ...omain echo ftp ftpdata http smtp snmp telnet tftp www Each of these translates into its equivalent port number which is used as both the start and end of a port range To specify the match condition as a numeric value one layer 4 port number is required The port number is an integer from 0 to 65535 To specify the match condition as a range two layer 4 port numbers are required and together they spe...

Страница 551: ...The VLAN ID is an integer from 1 to 4093 This command is not available on the Broadcom 5630x platform Syntax match vlan 1 4093 Default Setting None Command Mode Class Map Config 5 20 2 21 match secondary vlan This command adds to the specified class definition a match condition based on the value of the layer 2 secondary VLAN Identifier field the inner 802 1Q tag of a double VLAN tagged packet The...

Страница 552: ...Commands 552 5 20 2 22 match dstip6 This command adds to the specified class definition a match condition based on the destination IPv6 address of a packet Syntax match dstip6 destination ipv6 prefix prefix length Default Setting None Command Mode IPv6 Class Map Config ...

Страница 553: ... based on the source IP address of a packet Syntax match srcip6 source ipv6 prefix prefix length Default Setting None Command Mode IPv6 Class Map Config 5 20 2 24 match ip6flowlbl This command adds to the specified class definition a match condition based on the IPv6 flow label value Syntax match ip6flowlbl 0 1048575 Default Setting None Command Mode IPv6 Class Map Config ...

Страница 554: ...ed The DiffServ CLI does not necessarily require that users associate only one traffic class to one policy In fact multiple traffic classes can be associated with a single policy each defining a particular treatment for packets that match the class definition When a packet satisfies the conditions of more than one class preference is based on the order in which the classes were added to the policy...

Страница 555: ...ger from 0 to n 1 where n is the number of egress queues supported by the device Syntax assign queue 0 7 0 7 Queue ID Command Mode Policy Class Map Config Incompatibilities Drop 5 20 3 2 drop This command specifies that all packets for the associated traffic stream are to be dropped at ingress Syntax drop Command Mode Policy Class Map Config Incompatibilities Assign Queue Mark all forms Mirror Pol...

Страница 556: ...rface where the mirrorred packet send to The range of the port channel ID is 1 to 64 Default Setting None Command Mode Policy Class Map Config Incompatibilities Drop Redirect 5 20 3 4 redirect This command specifies that all incoming packets for the associated traffic stream are redirected to a specific egress interface physical port or port channel Syntax redirect slot port port channel portchann...

Страница 557: ...for the conform and exceed colors Syntax conform color class map name class map name Name of an existing Diffserv class map where different ones must be used for the conform colors Command Mode Policy Class Map Config Incompatibilities Drop Mirror 5 20 3 6 mark cos This command marks all packets for the associated traffic stream with the specified class of service value in the priority field of th...

Страница 558: ...tag priority bits of all packets as the inner VLAN tag priority marking CoS as Secondary CoS This essentially means that the inner VLAN tag CoS is copied to the outer VLAN tag CoS Syntax mark cos as sec cos 0 7 0 7 The range of COS value is 0 to 7 Command Mode Policy Class Map Config Incompatibilities Drop Mark IP DSCP IP Precedence Police ...

Страница 559: ...ame is the name of an existing DiffServ class Note that this command causes the specified policy to create a reference to the class definition Command Mode Policy Class Map Config 5 20 3 9 no class This command deletes the instance of a particular class and its defined treatment from the specified policy Syntax no class classname classname is the name of an existing DiffServ class Note that this c...

Страница 560: ...e of the following keywords af11 af12 af13 af21 af22 af23 af31 af32 af33 af41 af42 af43 be cs0 cs1 cs2 cs3 cs4 cs5 cs6 cs7 ef Command Mode Policy Class Map Config Incompatibilities Drop Mark CoS Mark IP Precedence Police 5 20 3 11 mark ip precedence This command marks all packets for the associated traffic stream with the specified IP Precedence value The IP Precedence value is an integer from 0 t...

Страница 561: ...5 1 128 conform action drop set prec transmit 0 7 set dscp transmit 0 63 set cos transmit 0 7 transmit violate action drop set prectransmit 0 7 set dscp transmit 0 63 set cos transmit 0 7 transmit The simple form of the police command uses a single data rate and burst size resulting in two outcomes conform action violate action The conforming data rate is specified in kilobits per second Kbps and ...

Страница 562: ...ansmit 0 7 set prec transmit 0 7 set dscp transmit 0 63 transmit conform action violate action exceed action The conforming data rate is specified in kilobits per second Kbps and is an integer from 1 to 4294967295 The conforming burst size is specified in kilobytes KB and is an integer from 1 to 128 For each outcome the only possible actions are drop set dscp transmit set prec transmit or set cos ...

Страница 563: ...os set cos transmit 0 7 set sec cos transmit 0 7 set prec transmit 0 7 set dscp transmit 0 63 transmit conform action violate action exceed action The conforming data rate is specified in kilobits per second Kbps and is an integer from 1 to 4294967295 The conforming burst size is specified in kilobytes KB and is an integer from 1 to 128 For each outcome the only possible actions are drop set dscp ...

Страница 564: ...yntax policy map policyname in out no policy map policyname no this command is to delete this policy in out The direction value is either in or out Command Mode Global Config 5 20 3 16 policy map rename This command changes the name of a DiffServ policy The policyname is the name of an existing DiffServ class The newpolicyname parameter is a case sensitive alphanumeric string from 1 to 31 characte...

Страница 565: ...direction Service Provisioning Assign a DiffServ service provisioning policy as specified by the policy commands to an interface in the outgoing direction The service commands attach a defined policy to a directional interface Only one policy may be assigned at any one time to an interface in a particular direction The policy type in out must match the interface direction to which it is attached T...

Страница 566: ...Note that this command causes a service to create a reference to the policy This command effectively enables DiffServ on an interface in a particular direction There is no separate interface administrative mode command for DiffServ This command shall fail if any attributes within the policy definition exceed the capabilities of the interface Once a policy is successfully attached to an interface a...

Страница 567: ...d can be used in the Global Config mode to detach this policy from all system interfaces to which it is currently attached The direction value is either in or out policy map name is the name of an existing DiffServ policy Note that this command causes a service to remove its reference to the policy This command effectively disables DiffServ on an interface in a particular direction There is no sep...

Страница 568: ...s Type The class type all any or acl indicating how the match criteria are evaluated for this class A class type of all means every match criterion defined for the class is evaluated simultaneously they must all be true to indicate a class match For a type of any each match criterion is evaluated sequentially and only one need be true to indicate a class match Class type acl rules are evaluated in...

Страница 569: ...ormation which includes the current administrative mode setting as well as the current and maximum number of rows in each of the main DiffServ private MIB tables Syntax show diffserv Default Setting None Command Mode Privileged Exec User Exec Display Message DiffServ Admin mode The current value of the DiffServ administrative mode Class Table Size Current Max The current or maximum number of entri...

Страница 570: ...1 to 64 Default Setting None Command Mode Privileged Exec Display Message DiffServ Admin Mode The current setting of the DiffServ administrative mode An attached policy is only in effect on an interface while DiffServ is in an enabled mode Interface The slot number and port number of the interface slot port Direction The traffic direction of this interface service Operational Status The current op...

Страница 571: ...c Display Message DiffServ Admin Mode The current setting of the DiffServ administrative mode An attached policy is only active on an interface while DiffServ is in an enabled mode The following information is repeated for interface and direction only those interfaces configured with an attached policy are shown Interface The slot number and port number of the interface slot port Direction The tra...

Страница 572: ...d if mark ip description is not specified using the police two rate command or if policing is in use for the class under this policy Mark IP Precedence Denotes the mark re mark value used as the IP Precedence for traffic matching this class This is not displayed if either mark DSCP or policing is in use for the class under this policy Policing Style This field denotes the style of policing if any ...

Страница 573: ... packet upon arrival This is useful for emulating access control list operation using DiffServ especially when DiffServ and ACL cannot co exist on the same interface Mirror Copies a classified traffic stream to a specified egress port physical port or LAG This can occur in addition to any marking or policing action It may also be specified along with a QoS queue assignment Redirect Forces a classi...

Страница 574: ...Direction The traffic direction of this interface service either in or out Operational Status The current operational status of this DiffServ service interface Policy Name The name of the policy attached to the interface in the indicated direction The following information is repeated for each class instance within this policy Class Name The name of this class instance In Offered Packets A count o...

Страница 575: ... the entire AS The possible values for this field are enable and disable Syntax show service policy in out Command Mode Privileged Exec Display Message The following information is repeated for each interface and direction only those interfaces configured with an attached policy are shown Interface The slot number and port number of the interface slot port Operational Status The current operationa...

Страница 576: ...ource MAC Address Displays the source MAC address for this rule Source MAC Mask Displays the source MAC mask for this rule Destination MAC Address Displays the destination MAC address for this rule Destination MAC Mask Displays the destination MAC mask for this rule Ethertype Displays the Ethertype keyword or custom value for this rule VLAN ID Displays the VLAN identifier value or range for this r...

Страница 577: ...ectExtAgent Indicates whether matching flow packets are allowed to be sent to external applications running alongside ICOS on a control CPU Committed Rate The committed rate defined by the rate limit attribute Committed Burst The committed burst size defined by the rate limit attribute ...

Страница 578: ...number of all ACLs The number of user configured rules defined for this ACL Maximum number of all ACLs The maximum number of ACL rules MAC ACL Name The name of the MAC ACL rule Rules The number of rule in this ACL Direction Denotes the direction in which this MAC ACL is attached to the set of interfaces listed The value is Inbound or Outbound Interfaces Displays the list of interfaces slot port to...

Страница 579: ...s or not IPv4 Protocol This displays the protocol to filter for this rule Source IP Address This displays the source IP address for this rule Source IP Mask This field displays the source IP Mask for this rule Source L4 Port Keyword This field displays the source port for this rule Destination IP Address This displays the destination IP address for this rule Destination IP Mask This field displays...

Страница 580: ...me range Direction Shows whether the ACL is applied to traffic coming into the interface ingress or leaving the interface egress Rule Status Status Active Inactive of the MAC ACL rule redirectExtAgent Indicates whether matching flow packets are allowed to be sent to external applications running alongside ICOS on a control CPU Committed Rate The committed rate defined by the rate limit attribute C...

Страница 581: ...list or the numeric identifier for an IP access list Sequence Number An optional sequence number may be specified to indicate the order of this access list relative to other access lists already assigned to this interface and direction A lower number indicates higher precedence order If a sequence number is already in use for this interface and direction the specified access list replaces the curr...

Страница 582: ...ber An optional sequence number may be specified to indicate the order of this access list relative to other access lists already assigned to this interface and direction A lower number indicates higher precedence order If a sequence number is already in use for this interface and direction the specified access list replaces the currently attached access list using that sequence number If the sequ...

Страница 583: ... for the Layer 2 header of an Ethernet frame The name parameter is a case sensitive alphanumeric string from 1 to 31 characters uniquely identifying the MAC access list If a MAC ACL by this name already exists this command enters Mac Access List config mode to allow updating the existing ACL Syntax mac access list extended name no mac access list extended name name It uniquely identifies the MAC a...

Страница 584: ... MAC ACL The newname parameter is a case sensitive alphanumeric string from 1 to 31 characters uniquely identifying the MAC access list This command fails if a MAC ACL by the name newname already exists Syntax mac access list extended rename oldname newname oldname Old name which uniquely identifies the MAC access list newname New name which uniquely identifies the MAC access list Default Setting ...

Страница 585: ...ing that sequence number If the sequence number is not specified for this command a sequence number that is one greater than the highest sequence number currently in use for this interface and direction will be used This command specified in Interface Config mode only affects a single interface whereas the Global Config mode setting is applied to all interfaces The Interface Config mode command is...

Страница 586: ...t or outer tag The assign queue parameter allows specification of a particular hardware queue for handling traffic that matches this rule The allowed queue id value is 0 n 1 where n is the number of user configurable queues available for the hardware platform The mirror parameter allows the traffic matching this rule to be copied to the specified slot port while the redirect parameter allows the t...

Страница 587: ...cmac srcmask any dstmac dstmask any bpdu ethertypekey 0x0600 0xFFFF vlan eq 0 4095 cos 0 7 log time range time range name assign queue queue id mirror redirect slot port port channel portchannel id rule id redirectExtAgent agent id rate limit rate burst size Default Setting None Command Mode Mac Access list Config ...

Страница 588: ...ese values translates into its equivalent port number which is used as both the start and end of a port range The command specifies a destination ip address and destination mask for match condition of the ACL rule specified by the dstip and dstmask parameters The command specifies the TOS for an ACL rule depending on a match of precedence or DSCP values using the parameters tos tosmask dscp time r...

Страница 589: ...UANTA COMPUTER INC Layer 2 3 4 Managed Switch QuantaMesh Switching Commands 589 Default Setting None Command Mode Global Config ...

Страница 590: ...ameter accesslistnumber from the system or remove an ACL rule that is identified by the parameter 1 28 from the an IP ACL accesslistnumber Syntax no access list 1 99 100 199 rule id The ACL number is an integer from 1 to 199 The range 1 to 99 is for the normal ACL List and 100 to 199 is for the extended ACL List Default Setting None Command Mode Global Config i ...

Страница 591: ...umber If the sequence number is not specified for this command a sequence number that is one greater than the highest sequence number currently in use for this interface and direction is used This command specified in Interface Config mode only affects a single interface whereas the Global Config mode setting is applied to all interfaces The VLAN keyword is only valid in the Global Config mode Syn...

Страница 592: ...e to allow updating the existing IP ACL The CLI mode changes to IPv4 Access List Configuration mode when you successfully execute this command Syntax Ip access list name no ip access list name no This command removes the IP ACL identified by name from the system Default Setting None Command Mode Global Config 5 21 2 9 ip access list rename Use this command to change the name of an IP Access Contro...

Страница 593: ...Indicates whether this access list applies to every packet Possible values are True or False IPv6 Protocol The protocol to filter for this rule Source IP Address The source IP address for this rule Source L4 Port Keyword The source port for this rule Destination IP Address The destination IP address for this rule Destination L4 Port Keyword The destination port for this rule IP DSCP The value spec...

Страница 594: ...eaving the interface egress Rule Status Status Active Inactive of the MAC ACL rule redirectExtAgent Indicates whether matching flow packets are allowed to be sent to external applications running alongside ICOS on a control CPU Committed Rate The committed rate defined by the rate limit attribute Committed Burst The committed burst size defined by the rate limit attribute ...

Страница 595: ...meric string from 1 to 31 characters uniquely identifying the IPv6 access list If an IPv6 ACL by this name already exists this command enters IPv6 Access List config mode to allow updating the existing IPv6 ACL Syntax ipv6 access list name no ipv6 access list name name access list name up to 31 characters in length no This command deletes the IPv6 ACL identified by name from the system The CLI mod...

Страница 596: ...f an existing IPv6 ACL The newname parameter is a case sensitive alphanumeric string from 1 to 31 characters uniquely identifying the IPv6 access list This command fails is an IPv6 ACL by the name newname already exists Syntax ipv6 access list rename oldname newname oldname current Access Control List name newname new Access Control List name Default Setting None Command Mode Global Config ...

Страница 597: ...allows the traffic matching this rule to be copied to the specified slot port while the redirect parameter allows the traffic matching this rule to be forwarded to the specified slot port The assign queue and redirect parameters are only valid for a permit rule The time range parameter allows imposing time limitation on the IPv6 ACL rule as defined by the parameter time range name If a time range ...

Страница 598: ...g that sequence number If the sequence number is not specified for this command a sequence number that is one greater than the highest sequence number currently in use for this interface and direction is used This command specified in Interface Config mode only affects a single interface whereas the Global Config mode setting is applied to all interfaces The vlan keyword is only valid in the Globa...

Страница 599: ...pings If specified the 802 1p mapping table of the interface is displayed If omitted the most recent global configuration settings are displayed Syntax show queue cos map slot port port channel portchannel id slot port The interface number portchannel id The port channel interface number The range of the ID is 1 to 64 Default Setting None Command Mode Privileged EXEC User EXEC Display Message The ...

Страница 600: ...or symbolically through one of the following keywords af11 af12 af13 af21 af22 af23 af31 af32 af33 af41 af42 af43 be cs0 cs1 cs2 cs3 cs4 cs5 cs6 cs7 ef The trafficclass values can range from 0 6 although the actual number of available traffic classes depends on the platform Syntax show queue ip dscp mapping Default Setting None Command Mode Privileged EXEC Display Message IP DSCP Displays IP DSCP ...

Страница 601: ...vice mappings the output represents the system wide port trust mode used for all interfaces Syntax show queue trust slot port port channel portchannel id slot port The interface number portchannel id The port channel interface number The range of port channel ID is 1 to 64 Default Setting None Command Mode Privileged Exec User Exec Display Message Class of Service Trust Mode The trust mode of this...

Страница 602: ...displaying the global configuration this output line is replaced with a Global Config indication Interface Shaping Rate The maximum transmission bandwidth limit for the interface as a whole It is independent of any per queue maximum bandwidth value s in effect for the interface This is a configured value The following information is repeated for each queue on the interface Queue Id An interface su...

Страница 603: ...nd Mode Privileged Exec Display Message Queue Id An interface supports n queues numbered 0 to n 1 The specific n value is platform dependent WRED Minimum Threshold The configured minimum threshold the queue depth as a percentage where WRED starts marking and dropping traffic WRED Maximum Threshold The configured maximum threshold is the queue depth as a percentage above which WRED marks drops all ...

Страница 604: ... of mapped traffic class is 0 to 7 no Reset to the default mapping of the queue priority and the mapped traffic class Default Setting None Command Mode Interface Config This command maps an 802 1p priority to an internal traffic class for a device Syntax queue cos map all 0 7 0 7 no queue cos map all 0 7 The range of queue priority is 0 to 7 0 7 The range of mapped traffic class is 0 to 7 no Reset...

Страница 605: ...nterface to use Dot1p the mode does not appear in the output of the show running config command because Dot1p is the default Syntax queue trust dot1p ip dscp untrusted all no queue trust all no This command sets the class of service trust mode to untrusted for all interfaces Default Setting dot1p Command Mode Global Config Syntax queue trust dot1p ip dscp untrusted no queue trust no This command s...

Страница 606: ...r equal to 100 no This command restores the default for each queue s minimum bandwidth value Default Setting None Command Mode Interface Config This command specifies the minimum transmission bandwidth guarantee for each interface queue in the device Syntax queue cos queue min bandwidth all bw 0 bw 1 bw 7 no queue cos queue min bandwidth all bw 0 bw 1 bw 7 Each Valid range is 0 to 100 in increment...

Страница 607: ... id 7 no This command restores the default weighted scheduler mode for each specified queue on a per port basis Default Setting None Command Mode Interface Config This command activates the strict priority scheduler mode for each specified queue on a device Syntax queue cos queue strict all queue id 0 queue id 1 queue id 7 no queue cos queue strict all queue id 0 queue id 1 queue id 7 no This comm...

Страница 608: ...ape bw Valid range is 0 to 100 in increments 1 no This command restores the default shaping rate value Default Setting None Command Mode Interface Config This command specifies the maximum transmission bandwidth limit for all interfaces Also known as rate shaping this has the effect of smoothing temporary traffic bursts over time so that the transmitted traffic rate is bounded Syntax queue cos que...

Страница 609: ...aces Specific WRED parameters are configured using the random detect queue parms and the random detect exponential weighting constant commands Syntax queue cos queue random detect queue id 0 queue id 1 queue id 7 no queue cos queue random detect queue id 0 queue id 1 queue id 7 queue id queue ID from 0 to 7 no This command restores the default value Default Setting None Command Mode Interface Conf...

Страница 610: ...n Ethernet switches and provides them with a better class of service than ordinary traffic When you enable the Auto VoIP feature on an interface the interface scans incoming traffic for the following call control protocols Session Initiation Protocol SIP H 323 Skinny Client Control Protocol SCCP When a call control protocol is detected the switch assigns the traffic in that session to the highest ...

Страница 611: ... id oui table slot port The interface number portchannel id The port channel interface number The range of port channel ID is 1 to 64 oui based Show OUI based auto VoIP oui table Show Auto VoIP OUI Table protocol based Show call control protocol based auto VoIP Default Setting None Command Mode Privileged EXEC Display Message AutoVoIP Mode The Auto VoIP mode on the interface Traffic Class The CoS ...

Страница 612: ...0 7 vlan vlan id no auto voip oui oui prefix oui based priority protocol based remark traffic class vlan no Use this command to disable VoIP Profile on the interfaces of the switch Default Setting Disable Command Mode Global Config 5 24 2 2 auto voip Use this command to enable VoIP Profile on an interface or range of interfaces Syntax auto voip oui based protocol based no auto voip oui based proto...

Страница 613: ...s to establish iSCSI sessions and connections Data from these exchanges is used to create classification rules that assign the traffic between the stations to a configured traffic class Packets in the flow are queued and scheduled for egress on the destination port based on these rules 5 25 1 Show Commands 5 25 1 1 show iscsi This command displays the iSCSI settings Syntax show iscsi Default Setti...

Страница 614: ...006 03 com kernsafe q97041406 ImageDisk0 Initiator iqn 2003 06 com starwindsoftware starport ap111111 ISID 801234567890 Example 2 show iscsi sessions detailed Session 0 Target iqn 2006 03 com kernsafe q97041406 ImageDisk0 Initiator iqn 2003 06 com starwindsoftware starport ap111111 Up Time 00 00 11 00 DD HH MM SS Time for aging out 598 secs ISID 801234567890 Initiator Initiator Target Target IP Ad...

Страница 615: ...nfiguration Commands 5 25 2 1 iscsi enable This command globally enables iSCSI awareness Syntax iscsi enable no iscsi enable no This command disables iSCSI awareness When you use the no iscsi enable command iSCSI resources will be released Default Setting Disable Command Mode Global Config ...

Страница 616: ... WRR You may complete the QoS setting by configuring the relevant ports to work in other scheduling and queue management modes via the Class of Service settings Depending on the platform these choices may include strict priority for the queue used for iSCSI traffic The downside of strict priority is that in certain circumstances under heavy high priority traffic other lower priority traffic may ge...

Страница 617: ...g time is decreased any sessions that have been dormant for a time exceeding the new setting will be immediately deleted from the table All other sessions will continue to be monitored against the new time out value Syntax iscsi aging time time no iscsi aging time time The number of minutes a session must be inactive prior to its removal Range 1 43 200 no Use the no form of the command to reset th...

Страница 618: ...nformation acquired by snooping A maximum of 16 TCP ports can be configured either bound to IP or not Syntax iscsi target port tcp port 1 tcp port 2 tcp port 16 address ip address name targetname no iscsi target port tcp port 1 tcp port 2 tcp port 16 address ip address tcp port n TCP port number or list of TCP port numbers on which the iSCSI target listens to requests Up to 16 TCP ports can be def...

Страница 619: ... Name Server Relay Commands 5 26 1 Show Commands 5 26 1 1 show hosts This command displays the static host name to address mapping table Syntax show hosts Default Setting None Command Mode Privileged Exec Display Message Domain Name List Domain Name IP Address IPv4 or IPv6 address of the Host ...

Страница 620: ... address relay function Default Domain Name The default domain name that will be used for querying the IP address of a host DNS Client Source Interface The interface to use as the source interface DNS Client Source IPv4 Address The IPv4 address used for the DNS client to send packets DNS Client Source IPv6 Address The IPv6 address used for the DNS client to send packets Domain Name List A list of ...

Страница 621: ...le Syntax show dns cache Default Setting None Command Mode Privileged Exec Display Message Domain Name List Domain Name IP Address IP address of the corresponding domain name including IPv4 and IPv6 TTL Time in seconds that this entry will remain in the DNS cache table Flag Indicates if this entry is reliable A value of 8 is not as reliable as a value of 10 ...

Страница 622: ...imum 8 entries for IPv4 and 8 entries for IPv6 Syntax ip host name ipaddr ipv6addr no ip host name name Host name ipaddr ipv6addr IPv4 or IPv6 address of the host no Remove the corresponding name to IP address mapping entry Default Setting None Command Mode Global Config 5 26 2 2 clear hosts This command clears the entire static host name to address mapping table Syntax clear hosts Default Setting...

Страница 623: ...ncomplete host names i e host names passed from a client are not formatted with dotted notation Syntax ip domain name name no ip domain name name name Default domain name used to complete unqualified host names Do not include the initial period that separates an unqualified name from the domain name Range 1 64 characters Default Setting None Command Mode Global Config ...

Страница 624: ... used to complete unqualified host names Do not include the initial period that separates an unqualified name from the domain name Range 1 64 characters When an incomplete host name is received by the DNS server on this switch it will work through the domain name list append each domain name in the list to the host name and check with the specified name servers for a match If there is no domain na...

Страница 625: ...response Default Setting None Command Mode Global Config 5 26 2 6 ip name server source interface This command specifies the source address of dns client to use for name to address resolution Syntax ip name server source interface slot port loopback loopback id tunnel tunnel id vlan vlan id no ip name server source interface slot port Specifies the interface to use as the source interface loopback...

Страница 626: ...UANTA COMPUTER INC Layer 2 3 4 Managed Switch QuantaMesh Switching Commands 626 Command Mode Global Config ...

Страница 627: ...les the IP Domain Naming System DNS based host name to address translation Default Setting Enabled Command Mode Global Config 5 26 2 8 ip domain lookup relay This command enables the IP Domain Naming System DNS based host name to address relay translation Syntax ip domain lookup relay no ip domain lookup realy no This command disables the IP Domain Naming System DNS based host name to address rela...

Страница 628: ...r domain list This command clears all entries in the domain name list table Syntax clear domain list Default Setting None Command Mode Privileged Exec 5 26 2 10 clear dns This command sets the DNS configuration to default value Syntax clear dns Default Setting None Command Mode Privileged Exec ...

Страница 629: ...e This command clears all entries in the DNS cache table Syntax clear dns cache Default Setting None Command Mode Privileged Exec 5 26 2 12 clear dns counter This command clears the statistics of all entries in the DNS cache table Syntax clear dns counter Default Setting None Command Mode Privileged Exec ...

Страница 630: ...n if the port doesn t enable udld Timeout interval Specifies the runtime Timeout Interval of the selected port This section will be hidden if the port doesn t enable udld Remote Entry Display all the remote entry information if received Expiration time Specifies the runtime Expiration Time of the remote entry Device ID Specifies the Device Id associated with the remote system Device Name Specifies...

Страница 631: ...UANTA COMPUTER INC Layer 2 3 4 Managed Switch QuantaMesh Switching Commands 631 ...

Страница 632: ...LD protocol in aggressive mode on fiber ports except where locally configured Syntax udld aggressive no udld aggressive Default Setting Disabled Command Mode Global Config 5 27 2 2 udld enable Enable Disable UDLD protocol on fiber ports except where locally configured Syntax udld enable no udld enable Default Setting Disabled Command Mode Global Config ...

Страница 633: ...e message time is to use between sending of messages in steady Default value of UDLD message time is 15 Syntax udld message time 7 90 no udld message time Default Setting 15 sec Command Mode Global Config 5 27 2 4 udld port Enable Disable UDLD protocol on the interface Syntax udld port no udld port Default Setting Disable Command Mode Interface Config ...

Страница 634: ...Switch QuantaMesh Switching Commands 634 5 27 2 5 udld port aggressive Enable Disable UDLD protocol in aggressive mode on the interface Syntax udld port aggressive no udld port aggressive Default Setting Disable Command Mode Interface Config ...

Страница 635: ... peer devices MLAG Local Syatem Mac Represents the statically defined system MAC address of MLAG peer devices Number of MLAG Configured Represents the number of MLAG port channel member Peer Gateway Mode To enable Layer 3 forwarding for packets destined to the gateway MAC address of the MLAG Delay Restore Time To delay the MLAG from coming up on the restored MLAG peer device after a reload when th...

Страница 636: ...UANTA COMPUTER INC Layer 2 3 4 Managed Switch QuantaMesh Switching Commands 636 ...

Страница 637: ...ning Tree Peer Link Port Mode Indicates whether port mode on peer link port is enabled or disabled of MLAG peer devices Spanning Tree Peer Link Root Guard Indicates whether root guard mode on peer link port is enabled or disabled of MLAG peer devices Spanning Tree Peer Link Loop Guard Indicates whether loop guard mode on peer link port is enabled or disabled of MLAG peer devices Spanning Tree Peer...

Страница 638: ...cates whether root guard mode on MLAG member is enabled or disabled of MLAG peer devices Spanning Tree Loop Guard Indicates whether loop guard mode on MLAG member is enabled or disabled of MLAG peer devices Spanning Tree BPDU Guard Indicates whether BPDU guard mode on MLAG member is enabled or disabled of MLAG peer devices Spanning Tree BPDU Filter Mode Indicates whether BPDU filter mode on MLAG m...

Страница 639: ...rd device To disable MLAG on the switch use the no form of this command Syntax mlag no mlag Default Setting Disabled Command Mode Global Config 5 28 2 2 mlag domain This command creates a Multi chassis Link Aggregation MLAG domain and assign a domain ID The range is from 1 and 1000 To revert to the default mlag configuration use the no form of this command Syntax mlag domain domain id no mlag doma...

Страница 640: ...x mlag system mac mac address no mlag system mac mac address Syatem MAC adress Default Setting None Command Mode Global Config 5 28 2 4 mlag peer link This command creates a Multi chassis Link Aggregation MLAG peer link by designating the port channel that you want on each device as the peer link for the specified MLAG domain To remove the peer link use the no form of this command Syntax mlag peer...

Страница 641: ... mlag use the no form of this command Syntax mlag mlag number no mlag mlag number Domain identify number of MLAG port channel member Range 1 4096 Default Setting Disabled Command Mode Interface Config 5 28 2 6 mlag peer gateway This command enable Layer 3 forwarding for packets destined to the gateway MAC address of the MLAG Use no form to disable it Syntax mlag peer gateway no mlag peer gateway n...

Страница 642: ...no This command restore the setting to default value Default Setting 5 Command Mode Global Config 5 28 2 8 mlag delay restore This command is used to specify the time to delay the MLAG from coming up on the restored MLAG peer device aftera reload when the peer adjacency is already established Syntax mlag delay restore 5 600 no mlag delay restore 5 600 Specify the number of seconds to delay bringin...

Страница 643: ... access list relative to other access lists already assigned to this interface A lower number indicates higher precedence order If a sequence number is already in use for this interface the specified ccess list replaces the currently attached access list using that sequence number If the sequence number is not specified by the user a sequence number that is one greater than the highest sequence nu...

Страница 644: ...UANTA COMPUTER INC Layer 2 3 4 Managed Switch QuantaMesh Switching Commands 644 Global Config ...

Страница 645: ...an ARP request is retried This value was configured into the unit Cache Size Is the maximum number of entries in the ARP table This value was configured into the unit Dynamic renew mode Displays whether the ARP component automatically attempts to renew dynamic ARP entries when they aged out Total Entry Count Current Peak Field listing the total entries in the ARP table and the peak entry count in ...

Страница 646: ... time is measured in seconds Response Time Is the time it takes for an ARP request timeout This value was configured into the unit Response time is measured in seconds Retries Is the maximum number of times an ARP request is retried This value was configured into the unit Cache Size Is the maximum number of entries in the ARP table This value was configured into the unit Dynamic renew mode Display...

Страница 647: ...command displays the static Address Resolution Protocol ARP table information Syntax show ip arp static Default Setting None Command Mode Privileged Exec Display Message IP address Is the IP address of a device on a subnet attached to an existing routing interface MAC address Is the MAC address for that device ...

Страница 648: ...device on a subnet attached to an existing routing interface macaddr Is a MAC address for that device The format is 6 two digit hexadecimal numbers that are separated by colons for example 00 06 29 32 81 40 no This command deletes an ARP entry Default Setting None Command Mode Global Config 6 1 2 2 arp cachesize This command configures the maximum number of entries in the ARP cache Syntax arp cach...

Страница 649: ... command enables ARP component to automatically renew ARP entries of type dynamic when they age out Syntax arp dynamicrenew no arp dynamicrenew no This command disables ARP component from automatically renewing ARP entries of type dynamic when they age out Default Setting Disabled Command Mode Global Config ...

Страница 650: ... This command configures the default response timeout time Default Setting The default response time is 1 Command Mode Global Config 6 1 2 5 arp retries This command configures the ARP count of maximum request for retries Syntax arp retries 0 10 no arp retries 0 10 The range of maximum request for retries is 0 to 10 no This command configures the default count of maximum request for retries Defaul...

Страница 651: ... command configures the default ageout time for IP ARP entry Default Setting The default value is 1200 Command Mode Global Config 6 1 2 7 arp access list Use this command to create an ARP ACL Syntax arp access list name no arp access list name no Use this command to delete a configured ARP ACL Default Setting None Command Mode Global Config 6 1 2 8 permit ip host mac host Use this command to confi...

Страница 652: ...e for a valid IP and MAC combination Default Setting None Command Mode ARP Access list Config 6 1 2 9 clear ip arp cache This command causes all ARP entries of type dynamic to be removed form the ARP cache If the gateway parameter is specified the dynamic entries of type gateway are purged as well Syntax clear ip arp cache gateway interface slot port vlan vlan id Default Setting None Command Mode ...

Страница 653: ...s switch Maximum Routes The maximum number of routes the packet can travel ICMP Rate Limit Interval Shows how often the token bucket is initialized with burst size tokens Burst interval is from 0 to 2147483647 milliseconds The default burst interval is 1000 msec ICMP Rate Limit Burst Size Shows the number of ICMPv4 error messages that can be sent during one burst interval The range is from 1 to 20...

Страница 654: ...are enable or disable This value is configurable Administrative Mode The administrative mode of the specified interface The possible values of this field are enable or disable This value is configurable Forward Net Directed Broadcasts Displays whether forwarding of network directed broadcasts is enabled or disabled This value is configurable Proxy ARP Displays whether Proxy ARP is enabled or disab...

Страница 655: ...s and subnet masks for the interface This value appears only if you configure it Helper IP Address The helper IP addresses configured by the command ip helper address Interface Config Routing Mode The administrative mode of router interface participation The possible values are enable or disable This value is configurable Administrative Mode The administrative mode of the specified interface The p...

Страница 656: ... enabled or disabled ICMP Redirects Displays whether ICMP Redirects may be sent enabled or disabled 6 2 1 4 show ip interface loopback This command displays information about configured loopback interfaces Syntax show ip interface loopback 0 7 Default Setting None Command Mode Privileged Exec User Exec Display Message Loopback Id The loopback ID associated with the rest of the information in the r...

Страница 657: ...ort number separated by forward slashes or VLAN routing interface State Indicate the operational state of the routing interface IP Address The IP address of the routing interface IP Mask The IP mask of the routing interface Method Is the way to get the IP Address The possible value is Manual DHCP or None Netdir Bcast Indicates if IP forwards net directed broadcasts on this interface Possible value...

Страница 658: ... option is not available because there are no best or non best connected routes Syntax show ip route ip address protocol ip address mask longer prefixes protocol protocol all all Default Setting None Command Mode Privileged Exec Display Message Route Codes Displays the key for the routing protocol codes that might appear in the routing table output The command displays the routing tables in the fo...

Страница 659: ... routes Network Address Is an IP route prefix for the destination Subnet Mask Is a mask of the network and host portion of the IP address for the router interface Protocol Tells which protocol added the specified route The possibilities are local static OSPF or RIP for each next hop Next Hop Intf The outgoing router interface to use when forwarding traffic to the next destination Next Hop IP Addre...

Страница 660: ... specified interface Subnet Mask Is a mask of the network and host portion of the IP address for the attached network Protocol Tells which protocol added the specified route The possibilities are local static OSPF or RIP Total Number of Routes The total number of routes for each next hop Next Hop Intf The outgoing router interface to use when forwarding traffic to the next destination Next Hop IP ...

Страница 661: ...ode IP Address Mask Preference Metric via Next Hop Interface Code The codes for the routing protocols that created the routes IP Address Mask The IP Address and mask of the destination network corresponding to this route Preference The administrative distance associated with this route Routes with low values are preferred over routes with higher values Metric The cost associated with this route vi...

Страница 662: ... tables in the following format Code IP Address Mask Preference Metric via Next Hop Interface Code The codes for the routing protocols that created the routes IP Address Mask The IP Address and mask of the destination network corresponding to this route Preference The administrative distance associated with this route Routes with low values are preferred over routes with higher values Metric The c...

Страница 663: ...g tables in the following format Code IP Address Mask Preference Metric via Next Hop Interface Code The codes for the routing protocols that created the routes IP Address Mask The IP Address and mask of the destination network corresponding to this route Preference The administrative distance associated with this route Routes with low values are preferred over routes with higher values Metric The ...

Страница 664: ...n the following format Code IP Address Mask Preference Metric via Next Hop Interface Code The codes for the routing protocols that created the routes IP Address Mask The IP Address and mask of the destination network corresponding to this route Preference The administrative distance associated with this route Routes with low values are preferred over routes with higher values Metric The cost assoc...

Страница 665: ...the optional parameter Syntax show ip route summary all Default Setting None Command Mode Privileged Exec Display Message Connected Routes The total number of connected routes in the routing table Static Routes Total number of static routes in the routing table RIP Routes Total number of routes installed by RIP protocol OSPF Routes Total number of routes installed by OSPF protocol Reject Routes To...

Страница 666: ...ed Exec User Exec Display Message Local This field displays the local route preference value Static This field displays the static route preference value OSPF Intra This field displays the OSPF intra route preference value OSPF Inter This field displays the OSPF inter route preference value OSPF External The OSPF External route preference value RIP This field displays the RIP route preference valu...

Страница 667: ...uantaMesh Routing Commands 667 6 2 1 15 show ip stats This command displays IP statistical information Refer to RFC 1213 for more information about the fields that are displayed Syntax show ip stats Default Setting None Command Mode Privileged Exec ...

Страница 668: ...an interface Syntax routing no routing no Disable routing for an interface Default Setting Disabled Command Mode Interface Config 6 2 2 2 ip routing This command enables the IP Router Admin Mode for the master switch Syntax ip routing no ip routing no Disable the IP Router Admin Mode for the master switch Default Setting Disabled Command Mode Global Config ...

Страница 669: ...fault Setting None Command Mode Interface Config 6 2 2 4 ip address dhcp This command enables the DHCPv4 client on an in band interface so that it can acquire network information such as the IP address subnet mask and default gateway from a network DHCP server When DHCP is enabled on the interface the system automatically deletes all manually configured IPv4 addresses on the interface Syntax ip ad...

Страница 670: ...s route The range is 1 to 255 Null0 Null interface no delete all next hops to a destination static route If the optional nextHopRtr parameter is designated the next hop is deleted and if the optional precedence value is designated the precedence value of the static route is reset to its default value 1 Default Setting None Command Mode Global Config 6 2 2 6 ip route default This command configures...

Страница 671: ...f an individual static route The default distance is used when no distance is specified in these commands Changing the default distance does not update the distance of existing static routes even if they were assigned the original default distance The new default distance will only be applied to static routes created after invoking the ip route distance command Syntax ip route distance 1 255 1 255...

Страница 672: ...riginated on the router such as OSPF packets may be fragmented by the IP stack OSPF advertises the IP MTU in the Database Description packets it sends to its neighbors during database exchange If two OSPF neighbors advertise different IP MTUs they will not form an adjacency unless OSPF has been instructed to ignore differences in IP MTU with the ip ospf mtu ignore command Syntax ip mtu 68 12270 no...

Страница 673: ...ion type is ethernet snap The link layer encapsulation type is SNAP Default Setting The default value is ethernet Command Mode Interface Config Restrictions Routed frames are always Ethernet encapsulated when a frame is routed to a VLAN 6 2 2 10 ip dead gateway detection This command configures the Dead Gateway Detection feature Syntax ip dead gateway detection no ip dead gateway detection Default...

Страница 674: ... 674 6 2 2 11 ip dead gateway detection probe interval This command configures the probe interval for Dead Gateway Detection feature Syntax ip dead gateway detection probe interval 1 30 no ip dead gateway detection probe interval Default Setting 3 Command Mode Global Config ...

Страница 675: ...bled This is a configured value External LSDB Limit The maximum number of non default AS external LSA link state advertisement entries that can be stored in the link state database Exit Overflow Interval The number of seconds that after entering overflow state a router will attempt to leave overflow state Spf Delay Time The number of seconds between two subsequent changes of LSAs during which time...

Страница 676: ... by other protocols or disabled if the router is not configured for the same Stub Router Status When OSPF runs out of resources to store the entire link state database or any other state information OSPF goes into stub router mode As a stub router OSPF re originates its own router LSAs setting the cost of all non stub interfaces to infinity To restore OSPF to normal operation disable and re enable...

Страница 677: ...nsmit Entries The maximum number of LSAs that can be waiting for acknowledgment at any given time Retransmit Entries High Water Mark The highest number of LSAs that have been waiting for acknowledgment NSF Helper Support Whether this router is configured to act as a graceful restart helpful neighbor Possible values are Helper Support Always Disabled or Planned NSF Helper Strict LSA Checking As a g...

Страница 678: ...fault Setting None Command Mode Privileged Eexc User Exec Display Messages Type The type of the route to the destination It can be either intra Intra area route inter Inter area route Router ID Router ID of the destination Cost Cost of using this route Area ID The area ID of the area from which this route is learned Next Hop Next hop toward the destination Next Hop Intf The outgoing router interfa...

Страница 679: ...for the specified AreaID excluding the external LS type 5 link state advertisements Flood List Length Length of the area s LSA flood list Import Summary LSAs Shows whether to import summary LSAs The following OSPF NSSA specific information displays only if the area is configured as an NSSA Import Summary LSAs Shows whether to import summary LSAs into the NSSA No Redistribute into NSSA Shows whethe...

Страница 680: ...ault Setting None Command Mode Privileged Exec User Exec Display Messages Type The type of the route to the destination It can be one of the following values intra Intra area route inter Inter area route Router ID Router ID of the destination Cost Cost of using this route Area ID The area ID of the area from which this route is learned Next Hop Next hop toward the destination Next Hop Intf The out...

Страница 681: ...se external to display the external LSAs network Use network to display the network LSAs nssa external Use nssa external to display NSSA external LSAs opaque area Use opaque area to display area opaque LSAs opaque as Use opaque as to display AS opaque LSAs opaque link Use opaque link to display link opaque LSAs router Use router to display router LSAs summary Use summary to show the LSA database s...

Страница 682: ...ow ip ospf database database summary Default Setting None Command Mode Privileged Exec User Exec Display Messages Router Total number of router LSAs in the OSPF link state database Network Total number of network LSAs in the OSPF link state database Summary Net Total number of summary network LSAs in the database Summary ASBR Number of summary ASBR LSAs in the database Type 7 Ext Total number of T...

Страница 683: ...ecified interface Retransmit Interval A number representing the OSPF Retransmit Interval for the specified interface Hello Interval A number representing the OSPF Hello Interval for the specified interface Dead Interval A number representing the OSPF Dead Interval for the specified interface LSA Ack Interval A number representing the OSPF LSA Acknowledgment Interval for the specified interface Tra...

Страница 684: ...ng None Command Mode Privileged Exec User Exec Display Messages Interface Valid slot and port number separated by a forward slash OSPF Admin Mode States whether OSPF is enabled or disabled on a router interface OSPF Area ID The OSPF Area Id for the specified interface Router Priority A number representing the OSPF Priority for the specified interface Hello Interval A number representing the OSPF H...

Страница 685: ... or an error has occurred Virtual Events The number of state changes or errors that occurred on this virtual link Neighbor Events The number of times this neighbor relationship has changed state or an error has occurred External LSA Count The number of external LS type 5 link state advertisements in the link state database Sent Packets The number of OSPF packets transmitted on the interface Receiv...

Страница 686: ...ion type configured on the ingress interface Authentication Failure The number of OSPF packets dropped because the sender is not an existing neighbor or the sender s IP address does not match the previously recorded IP address for that neighbor No Neighbor at Source Address The number of OSPF packets dropped because the sender is not an existing neighbor or the sender s address does not match the ...

Страница 687: ...f an interface is a priority integer from 0 to 255 A value of 0 indicates that the router is not eligible to become the designated router on this network IP Address The IP address of the neighbor Interface The interface of the local router in slot port format State The state of the neighboring routers Possible values are Down initial state of the neighbor conversation no recent information has bee...

Страница 688: ...PF capabilities are also listed in its Hello packets This enables received Hello Packets to be rejected i e neighbor relationships will not even start to form if there is a mismatch in certain crucial OSPF capabilities Router Priority The OSPF priority for the specified interface The priority of an interface is a priority integer from 0 to 255 A value of 0 indicates that the router is not eligible...

Страница 689: ...layed Syntax show ip ospf range areaid Default Setting None Command Mode Privileged Exec User Exec Display Messages Area ID The area id of the requested OSPF area IP Address An IP address which represents this area range Subnet Mask A valid subnet mask for this area range Lsdb Type The type of link advertisement associated with this area range Advertisement The status of the advertisement Advertis...

Страница 690: ...go the SPF ran how long the SPF took and the reasons why the SPF was scheduled Syntax show ip ospf statistics Default Setting None Command Mode Privileged Exec User Exec Display Messages Delta T How long ago the SPF ran The time is in the format hh mm ss giving the hours minutes and seconds since the SPF run SPF Duration How long the SPF took in milliseconds Reason The reason the SPF was scheduled...

Страница 691: ...one Command Mode Privileged Exec User Exec Display Messages Area ID A 32 bit identifier for the created stub area Type of Service The type of service associated with the stub metric only supports Normal TOS Metric Val The metric value is applied based on the TOS It defaults to the least metric of the type of service among the interfaces to other areas The OSPF cost for a route is a function of the...

Страница 692: ...equested OSPF area Neighbor Router ID The input neighbor Router ID Hello Interval The configured hello interval for the OSPF virtual interface Dead Interval The configured dead interval for the OSPF virtual interface Iftransit Delay Interval The configured transit delay for the OSPF virtual interface Retransmit Interval The configured retransmit interval for the OSPF virtual interface Authenticati...

Страница 693: ...rval The configured hello interval for the OSPF virtual interface Dead Interval The configured dead interval for the OSPF virtual interface Retransmit Interval The configured retransmit interval for the OSPF virtual interface Transit Delay The configured transit delay for the OSPF virtual interface 6 3 1 16 show ip ospf lsa group This command displays the number of self originated LSAs within each...

Страница 694: ... Pacing group limit The maximum number for pacing group Number of self originated LSAs within each LSA group The detail number of self originated LSAs Group Start Age The start time of LSA Group aged Group End Age The end time of LSA Group aged Count The number of LSA Group aged ...

Страница 695: ...r Router OSPF mode Syntax router ospf Default Setting None Command Mode Global Config 6 3 2 2 enable Use enable command resets the default administrative mode of OSPF in the router active no enable command sets the administrative mode of OSPF in the router to inactive Syntax enable no enable Default Setting Enabled Command Mode Router OSPF Config Mode ...

Страница 696: ...sk area area id Default Setting Disabled Command Mode Router OSPF Config Mode 6 3 2 4 ip ospf area Use ip ospf area command to enable OSPFv2 and set the area ID of an interface The area id is an IP address formatted as a 4 digit dotted decimal number or a decimal value in the range of 0 4294967295 This command supersedes the effects of the network area command It can also be used to configure the ...

Страница 697: ...led 1583compatibility command enables OSPF 1583 compatibility no 1583compatibility command disables OSPF 1583 compatibility Syntax 1583compatibility no 1583compatibility Default Setting Enabled Command Mode Router OSPF Config Mode 6 3 2 6 area default cost This command configures the default cost for the stub area You must specify the area ID and an integer value between 1 16777215 Syntax area are...

Страница 698: ... the default route advertised into the NSSA The optional metric parameter specifies the metric of the default route and is to be in a range of 1 16777214 If no metric is specified the default value is The metric type can be comparable nssa external 1 or non comparable nssa external 2 This command disables the default route advertised into the NSSA no area nssa default info originate command disabl...

Страница 699: ...so that learned external routes are redistributed to the NSSA Syntax area areaid nssa no redistribute no area areaid nssa no redistribute Default Setting None Command Mode Router OSPF Config Mode 6 3 2 10 area nssa no summary area nssa no summary command configures the NSSA so that summary LSAs are not advertised into the NSSA no area nssa no summary command disables nssa from the summary LSAs Syn...

Страница 700: ...nslator role always candidate no area areaid nssa translator role always candidate Default Setting None Command Mode Router OSPF Config Mode 6 3 2 12 area nssa translator stab intv area nssa translator stab intv command configures the translator stabilityinterval of the NSSA The stabilityinterval is the period of time that an elected translator continues to perform its duties after it determines t...

Страница 701: ... a valid subnet mask Syntax area areaid range ipaddr subnetmask summarylink nssaexternallink advertise not advertise no area areaid range ipaddr subnetmask Default Setting None Command Mode Router OSPF Config Mode 6 3 2 14 area stub area stub command creates a stub area for the specified area ID A stub area is characterized by the fact that AS External LSAs are not propagated into the area Removin...

Страница 702: ... no summary no area areaid stub no summary Default Setting Disabled Command Mode Router OSPF Config Mode 6 3 2 16 area virtual link area virtual link command creates the OSPF virtual interface for the specified areaid and neighbor The neighbor parameter is the Router ID of the neighbor no area virtual link command deletes the OSPF virtual interface from the given interface identified by areaid and...

Страница 703: ...irtual link authentication command configures the default authentication type for the OSPF virtual interface identified by areaid and neighbor The neighbor parameter is the Router ID of the neighbor Syntax area areaid virtual link neighbor authentication none simple key encrypt key keyid no area areaid virtual link neighbor authentication Default Setting None Command Mode Router OSPF Config Mode 6...

Страница 704: ...nterval 1 65535 no area areaid virtual link neighbor hello interval Default Setting 10 Command Mode Router OSPF Config Mode 6 3 2 20 area virtual link retransmit interval area virtual link retransmit interval command configures the retransmit interval for the OSPF virtual interface on the virtual interface identified by areaid and neighbor The neighbor parameter is the Router ID of the neighbor Th...

Страница 705: ... auto cost reference bandwidth and bandwidth commands give you control over the default link cost You can configure for OSPF an interface bandwidth that is independent of the actual link speed A second configuration parameter allows you to control the ratio of interface bandwidth to link cost The link cost is computed as the ratio of a reference bandwidth to the interface bandwidth ref_bw interfac...

Страница 706: ...routing interfaces This command does not affect the actual speed of an interface Use no bandwidth command to set the interface bandwidth to its default value Syntax bandwidth 1 10000000 no bandwidth Default Setting Actual interface bandwidth Command Mode Interface Config 6 3 2 24 capability opaque Use capability opaque command to enable Opaque Capability on the Router The information contained in ...

Страница 707: ... this command to disable and re enable OSPF Syntax clear ip ospf Default Setting None Command Mode Privileged Exec 6 3 2 26 clear ip ospf configuration Use this command to reset the OSPF configuration to factory defaults Syntax clear ip ospf configuration Default Setting None Command Mode Privileged Exec ...

Страница 708: ...and Mode Privileged Exec 6 3 2 28 clear ip ospf neighbor Use this command to drop the adjacency with all OSPF neighbors On each neighbor s interface send a one way hello Adjacencies may then be re established To drop all adjacencies with a specific router ID specify the neighbor s Router ID using the optional parameter neighbor id Syntax clear ip ospf neighbor neighbor id Default Setting None Comm...

Страница 709: ...uter ID on a specific interface use the optional parameter ipaddr Syntax clear ip ospf neighbor interface slot port vlan vlan id ipAddr ipaddr Default Setting None Command Mode Privileged Exec 6 3 2 30 clear ip ospf redistribution Use this command to flush all self originated external LSAs Reapply the redistribution configuration and re originate prefixes as necessary Syntax clear ip ospf redistri...

Страница 710: ...tax default information originate always metric 0 16777214 metric type 1 2 no default information originate metric metric type Default Setting metric unspecified type 2 Command Mode Router OSPF Config Mode 6 3 2 32 default metric default metric command is used to set a default for the metric of distributed routes no default metric command is used to set a default for the metric of distributed rout...

Страница 711: ...r The type of OSPF can be intra inter or external All the external type routes are given the same preference value Syntax distance ospf intra area 1 255 inter area 1 255 external 1 255 no distance ospf intra area inter area external Default Setting 110 Command Mode Router OSPF Config Mode 6 3 2 34 distribute list out Use distribute list out command to specify the access list to filter routes recei...

Страница 712: ...ting 0 Command Mode Router OSPF Config Mode 6 3 2 36 external lsdb limit external lsdb limit command configures the external LSDB limit for OSPF If the value is 1 then there is no limit When the number of non default AS external LSAs in a router s link state database reaches the external LSDB limit the router enters overflow state The router never holds more than the external LSDB limit non defaul...

Страница 713: ...ypt a keyid in the range of 0 and 255 must be specified Unauthenticated interfaces do not need an authentication key or authentication key ID There is no default value for this command no ip ospf authentication command sets the default OSPF Authentication Type for the specified interface Syntax ip ospf authentication none simple key encrypt key keyid no ip ospf authentication Default Setting None ...

Страница 714: ...onds from 1 to 2147483647 no ip ospf dead interval command sets the default OSPF dead interval for the specified interface Syntax ip ospf dead interval seconds no ip ospf dead interval Default Setting 40 Command Mode Interface Config 6 3 2 40 ip ospf hello interval ip ospf hello interval command sets the OSPF hello interval for the specified interface The value for seconds is a valid positive inte...

Страница 715: ...ot elect a designated router or generate a network link state advertisement LSA Both endpoints of the link must be configured to operate in point to point mode no ip ospf network command to return the OSPF network type to the default Syntax ip ospf network broadcast point to point no ip ospf network Default Setting Broadcast Command Mode Interface Config 6 3 2 42 ip ospf priority ip ospf priority ...

Страница 716: ...transmit command sets the default OSPF retransmit Interval for the specified interface Syntax ip ospf retransmit interval 0 3600 no ip ospf retransmit interval Default Setting 5 Command Mode Interface Config 6 3 2 44 ip ospf transmit delay ip ospf transmit delay command sets the OSPF Transit Delay for the specified interface The transmit delay is specified in seconds In addition it sets the estima...

Страница 717: ...cency is not established no ip ospf mtu ignore command enables the OSPF MTU mismatch detection Syntax ip ospf mtu ignore no ip ospf mtu ignore Default Setting Enabled Command Mode Interface Config 6 3 2 46 ip ospf database filter ip ospf database filter command disables OSPFv2 LSA flooding on this interface This means that you can still establish adjacencies since hellos are still sent but you won...

Страница 718: ...h Routing Commands 718 6 3 2 47 router id router id command sets a 4 digit dotted decimal number uniquely identifying the router ospf id The ipaddress is a configured value Syntax router id ipaddress Default Setting None Command Mode Router OSPF Config Mode ...

Страница 719: ...777214 metric type 1 2 tag 0 4294967295 subnets no redistribute rip bgp static connected metric 0 16777214 metric type 1 2 tag 0 4294967295 subnets Default Setting metric unspecified type 2 tag 0 Command Mode Router OSPF Config Mode 6 3 2 49 maximum paths maximum paths command sets the number of paths that OSPF can report for a given destination where maxpaths is platform dependent no maximum path...

Страница 720: ...e reverts to non passive mode Syntax passive interface default no passive interface default Default Setting Disabled Command Mode Router OSPF Config Mode 6 3 2 51 passive interface passive interface command to set the interface or tunnel as passive It overrides the global passive mode that is currently effective on the interface or tunnel no passive interface command to set the interface or tunnel...

Страница 721: ... time 5 hold time 10 Command Mode Router OSPF Config Mode 6 3 2 53 timers pacing flood Use this command to configure the LS Update transmit pacing time to adjust the rate at which OSPFv2 sends LS Update packets The valid range for both parameters is 5 100 seconds Use the no timers pacing flood command to return the timer pacing to the default value Syntax timers pacing flood flood pacing interval ...

Страница 722: ...figure OSPF to enable stub router mode Use no max metric command to disable stub router mode Syntax max metric router lsa on startup seconds summary lsa summary lsa metric on startup seconds on startup seconds no max metric router lsa on startup summary lsa on startup OSPF starts in stub router mode after a reboot seconds The number of seconds that OSPF remains in stub router mode after a reboot T...

Страница 723: ...y changes command logs OSPFv2 neighbor state changes no log adjacency changes command disables logging OSPFv2 neighbor state changes Syntax log adjacency changes detail detail Sends a syslog message for each state change not just when a neighbor goes up or down Default Setting Disable Command Mode Router OSPF Config Mode ...

Страница 724: ...y Message Maximum Hop Count Is the maximum allowable relay agent hops Minimum Wait Time Seconds Is the minimum wait time Admin Mode Represents whether relaying of requests is enabled or disabled Server IP Address Is the IP Address for the BootP DHCP Relay server Circuit Id Option Mode Is the DHCP circuit Id option which may be enabled or disabled Requests Received Is the number of requests receive...

Страница 725: ...it ID option mode for BootP DHCP Relay on the system Default Setting Disabled Command Mode Global Config 6 4 2 2 bootpdhcprelay enable This command enables the forwarding of relay requests for BootP DHCP Relay on the system Syntax ip helper enable no ip helper enable no Disable the forwarding of relay requests for BootP DHCP Relay on the system Default Setting Disabled Command Mode Global Config 6...

Страница 726: ...ttime This command configures the minimum wait time in seconds for BootP DHCP Relay on the system When the BOOTP relay agent receives a BOOTREQUEST message it may use the seconds since client began booting field of the request as a factor in deciding whether to relay the request or not Syntax bootpdhcprelay minwaittime minwaittime no bootpdhcprelay minwaittime minwaittime The range of minimum wait...

Страница 727: ...y serverip This command configures the server IP Address for BootP DHCP Relay on the system Syntax bootpdhcprelay serverip ipaddr no bootpdhcprelay serverip ipaddr The IP address of the BootP DHCP server no Clear the IP address of the BootP DHCP server Default Setting None Command Mode Global Config ...

Страница 728: ...leged Exec User Exec Display Message Interface The relay configuration is applied to packets that arrive on this interface This field is set to any for global IP helper entries UDP Port The relay configuration is applied to packets whose destination UDP port is this port Discard Indicate discard the UDP packets or not Hit Count The number of times the IP helper entry has been used to relay or disc...

Страница 729: ...DP client messages received The number of valid UDP messages received UDP client messages relayed The number of valid UDP messages relayed DHCP messages hop count exceeded max The number of DHCP client messages received whose hop count is larger than the maximum allowed DHCP messages with secs field below min The number of DHCP client messages received whose Second field is less than the minimum v...

Страница 730: ...ip nameserver netbios dgm netbios ns ntp pim auto rp rip tacacs tftp time no This command is used to delete the address Default Setting None Command Mode Interface Config 6 5 2 2 ip helper address discard Use this command to configure the discard of certain UDP broadcast packets received on a specific interface or range of interfaces This command can be invoked multiple times on a routing interfac...

Страница 731: ...or to specify multiple UDP port numbers handled by a specific server Syntax ip helper address ipaddr udp port dhcp domain isakmp mobile ip nameserver netbios dgm netbios ns ntp pim auto rp rip tacacs tftp time no ip helper address ipaddr udp port dhcp domain isakmp mobile ip nameserver netbios dgm netbios ns ntp pim auto rp rip tacacs tftp time no This command is used to delete the address Default...

Страница 732: ...Routing Commands 732 6 5 2 5 clear ip helper statistics This command is used this command to clear the information of UDP packets processed and relayed by IP helper Syntax clear ip helper statistics Default Setting None Command Mode Privileged Exec User Exec ...

Страница 733: ...he metric will be set to infinity The default is simple Auto Summary Mode Select enable or disable from the pulldown menu If you select enable groups of adjacent routes will be summarized into single entries in order to reduce the total number of entries The default is enabled Host Routes Accept Mode Select enable or disable from the pulldown menu If you select enable the router will be accept hos...

Страница 734: ...RIP administrative mode of router RIP operation enable disable it This is a configured value Link State Indicates whether the RIP interface is up or down This is a configured value Authentication Type The RIP Authentication Type for the specified interface The types are none simple and encrypt This is a configured value Authentication Key 16 alpha numeric characters for authentication key when use...

Страница 735: ...e Privileged Exec Display Message Interfacet Valid slot and port number separated by forward slashes IP Address The IP source address used by the specified RIP interface Send Version The RIP version s used when sending updates on the specified interface The types are none RIP 1 RIP 1c RIP 2 Receive Version The RIP version s allowed when receiving updates from the specified interface The types are ...

Страница 736: ...e of RIP in the router active Syntax enable no enable no This command sets the administrative mode of RIP in the router to inactive Default Setting Enabled Command Mode Router RIP Config 6 6 2 2 ip rip This command enables RIP on a router interface Syntax ip rip no ip rip no This command disables RIP on a router interface Default Setting Disabled Command Mode Interface Config ...

Страница 737: ...nd disables the RIP auto summarization mode Default Setting Disabled Command Mode Router RIP Config 6 6 2 4 default information originate This command is used to set the advertisement of default routes Syntax default information originate no default information originate no This command is used to cancel the advertisement of default routes Default Setting Not configured Command Mode Router RIP Con...

Страница 738: ...t the default metric of distributed routes to its default value Default Setting Not configured Command Mode Router RIP Config 6 6 2 6 distance rip This command sets the route preference value of RIP in the router Lower route preference values are preferred when determining the best route Syntax distance rip 1 255 no distance rip 1 255 the value for distance no This command sets the default route p...

Страница 739: ... split horizon mode Simple mode will be that a route is not advertised on the interface over which it is learned Poison mode will be that routes learned over this interface should be re advertised on the interface with a metric of infinity 16 Syntax split horizon none simple poison no split horizon none This command sets without using RIP split horizon mode simple This command sets to use simple s...

Страница 740: ...rce protocols have OSPF Static and Connected Syntax distribute list 1 199 out ospf static connected no distribute list 1 199 out ospf static connected 1 199 Access List ID value The Access List filters the routes to be redistributed by the source protocol no This command is used to cancel the access list to filter routes received from the source protocol Default Setting 0 Command Mode Router RIP C...

Страница 741: ... OSPF Static and Connetced Match types will have internal external 1 external 2 nssa external 1 and nssa external 2 Syntax Format for OSPF as source protocol redistribute ospf metric 1 15 match internal external 1 external 2 nssa external 1 nssa external 2 Format for other source protocols redistribute static connected metric 1 15 no redistribute ospf static connected metric match internal externa...

Страница 742: ...ey keyboard If the value of type is encrypt a keyid in the range of 0 and 255 must be specified Syntax ip rip authentication none simple key encrypt key keyid no ip rip authentication none This command uses no authentication simple This command uses simple authentication for RIP authentication encrypt This command uses MD5 encryption for RIP authentication key 16 alpha numeric characters to be use...

Страница 743: ...r mode is one of rip1 to receive only RIP version 1 formatted packets rip2 for RIP version 2 both to receive packets from either format or none to not allow any RIP control packets to be received Syntax ip rip receive version rip1 rip2 both none no ip rip receive version no This command configures the interface to allow RIP control packets of the default version s to be received Default Setting Bo...

Страница 744: ... RIP version 1 formatted packets rip1c RIP version 1 compatibility mode which sends RIP version 2 formatted packets via broadcast rip2 for sending RIP version 2 using multicast or none to not allow any RIP control packets to be sent Syntax ip rip send version rip1 rip1c rip2 none no ip rip send version no This command configures the interface to allow RIP control packets of the default version to ...

Страница 745: ...se mode which indicates whether router discovery is enabled or disabled on this interface Advertise Address Addresses to be used to advertise the router for the interface Max Int Displays the maximum advertise interval which is the maximum time allowed between sending router advertisements from the interface in seconds Min Int Displays the minimum advertise interval which is the minimum time allow...

Страница 746: ...uter Discovery on an interface Default Setting Disabled Command Mode Interface Config 6 7 2 2 ip irdp address This command configures the address to be used to advertise the router for the interface Syntax ip irdp address address no ip irdp address address The address used is 224 0 0 1 or 255 255 255 255 no The address used is 224 0 0 1 Default Setting The default address is 224 0 0 1 Command Mode...

Страница 747: ...value in seconds of the holdtime field of the router advertisement sent from this interface Default Setting The default value is 3 maxadvertinterval 600 1800 Command Mode Global Config 6 7 2 4 ip irdp maxadvertinterval This commands configures the maximum time in seconds allowed between sending router advertisements from the interface Syntax ip irdp maxadvertinterval minadvertinterval 1800 no ip i...

Страница 748: ...3 to maxadvertinterval seconds no This command sets the minimum time to 450 Default Setting The default value is 450 Command Mode Global Config 6 7 2 6 ip irdp preference This command configures the preferability of the address as a default router address relative to other router addresses on the same subnet Syntax ip irdp preference 2147483648 2147483647 no ip irdp preference 2147483648 214748364...

Страница 749: ...1 Configuration Commands 6 8 1 1 Interface vlan This command creates a VLAN routing interface Syntax interface vlan vlan id no interface vlan vlan id vlan id The VLAN ID used for this interface The range of VLAN ID is 1 to 4093 no Delete a VLAN routing interface Default Setting None Command Mode Global Config ...

Страница 750: ...Syntax show ip vrrp Default Setting None Command Mode Privileged Exec User Exec Display Message Admin Mode Displays the administrative mode for VRRP functionality on the switch Router Checksum Errors Represents the total number of VRRP packets received with an invalid VRRP checksum value Router Version Errors Represents the total number of VRRP packets received with Unknown or unsupported version ...

Страница 751: ... vrrp brief Default Setting None Command Mode Privileged Exec User Exec Display Message Interface Valid slot and port number separated by forward slashes VRID Represents the router ID of the virtual router IP Address Is the IP Address that was configured on the virtual router Mode Represents whether the virtual router is enabled or disabled State Represents the state Master backup of the virtual r...

Страница 752: ...r the Virtual router VMAC address Represents the VMAC address of the specified router Authentication type Represents the authentication type for the specific virtual router Priority Represents the priority value for the specific virtual router Configured Priority The priority configured through the ip vrrp vrid priority 1 254 command Advertisement interval Represents the advertisement interval for...

Страница 753: ...s the total number of VRRP advertisements received by this virtual router Advertisement Interval Errors Represents the total number of VRRP advertisements received for which advertisement interval is different than the configured value for this virtual router Authentication Failure Represents the total number of VRRP packets received that don t pass the authentication check IP TTL errors Represent...

Страница 754: ...packets received with unknown authentication type Authentication Type Mismatch Represents the total number of VRRP advertisements received for which auth type not equal to locally configured one for this virtual router Packet Length Errors Represents the total number of VRRP packets received with packet length less than length of VRRP header ...

Страница 755: ...p vrrp Default Setting Disabled Command Mode Global Config This command sets the virtual router ID on an interface for Virtual Router configuration in the router Syntax ip vrrp 1 255 no ip vrrp 1 255 1 255 The range of virtual router ID is 1 to 255 no This command removes all VRRP configuration details of the virtual router configured on a specific interface Default Setting None Command Mode Inter...

Страница 756: ... This command removes all VRRP configuration details of the virtual router configured on a specific interface Default Setting None Command Mode Interface Config 6 9 2 3 ip vrrp mode This command enables the virtual router configured on the specified interface Enabling the status field starts a virtual router Syntax ip vrrp 1 255 mode no ip vrrp 1 255 mode 1 255 The range of virtual router ID is 1 ...

Страница 757: ...packets sent to one of the virtual router s IP addresses Default Setting Disabled Command Mode Interface Config 6 9 2 5 ip vrrp authentication This command sets the authorization details value for the virtual router configured on a specified interface Syntax ip vrrp 1 255 authentication key no ip vrrp 1 255 authentication 1 255 The range of virtual router ID is 1 to 255 key A text password used fo...

Страница 758: ...cified interface Syntax ip vrrp 1 255 preempt delay 0 3600 no ip vrrp 1 255 preempt delay 1 255 The range of virtual router ID is 1 to 255 0 3600 The time to be delayed to become active router no This command sets the default preemption mode value for the virtual router configured on a specified interface Default Setting Preempt mode Enabled Preempt delay 0 Command Mode Interface Config ...

Страница 759: ...r If the master has a priority less than 255 it is not the address owner and you configure the priority of another router in the group higher than the master s priority the router will take over as master only if preempt mode is enabled Syntax ip vrrp 1 255 priority 1 254 no ip vrrp 1 255 priority 1 255 The range of virtual router ID is 1 to 255 1 254 The range of priority is 1 to 254 no This comm...

Страница 760: ...l router in seconds Syntax ip vrrp 1 255 timers advertise 1 255 ip vrrp 1 255 timers advertise 1 255 The range of virtual router ID is 1 to 255 1 255 The range of advertisement interval is 1 to 255 no This command sets the default advertisement value for a virtual router Default Setting The default value of advertisement interval is 1 Command Mode Interface Config ...

Страница 761: ...e When a tracked interface goes down then the priority of the router will be decreased by 10 the default priority decrement for each downed interface The default priority decrement is changed using the decrement argument The default priority of the virtual router is 100 and the default decrement priority is 10 By default no interfaces are tracked If you specify just the interface to be tracked wit...

Страница 762: ...s are tracked If you specify just the route to be tracked without giving the optional priority then the default priority will be set The default priority decrement is 10 The default priority decrement is changed using the decrement argument Syntax ip vrrp 1 255 track ip route ip address prefix length decrement 1 254 no ip vrrp 1 255 track ip route ip address prefix length decrement 1 255 The range...

Страница 763: ...mmand displays configuration and status for a prefix list Syntax show ip prefix list detail summary prefix list name network length seq sequencenumber longer first match Default Setting None Command Mode Privileged Exec Parameter detail summary Optional Displays detailed or summarized information about all prefix lists prefix list name Optional The name of a specific prefix list network length Opt...

Страница 764: ... the given network length first match Optional Displays the entry of a prefix list that matches the given network length 6 10 1 3 show route map To display a route map use the show route map command in Privileged EXEC mode Syntax show route map map name Default Setting None Command Mode Privileged Exec Parameter map name Optional Name of a specific route map ...

Страница 765: ...mmand in Global Configuration mode Prefix lists allow matching of route prefixes with those specified in the prefix list Each prefix list includes of a sequence of prefix list entries ordered by their sequence numbers A router sequentially examines each prefix list entry to determine if the route s prefix matches that of the entry An empty or nonexistent prefix list permits all prefixes An implici...

Страница 766: ... whose destination prefix matches the statement network length Specifies the match criteria for routes being compared to the prefix list statement The network can be any valid IP prefix The length is any IPv4 prefix length from 0 to 32 ge length Optional If this option is configured then a prefix is only considered a match if its network mask length is greater than or equal to this value This valu...

Страница 767: ...rder of their sequence numbers A route map name may be up to 32 characters long permit Optional Permit routes that match all of the match conditions in the route map deny Optional Deny routes that match all of the match conditions in the route map sequence number Optional An integer used to order the set of route maps with the same name Route maps are ordered from lowest to greatest sequence numbe...

Страница 768: ...mmunity community list community list exact match no match community community list community list exact match Default Setting None Command Mode Route Map Config Parameter community list The name of a standard community list Up to eight names may be included in a single match term exact match Optional When this option is given a route is only considered a match if the set of communities on the rou...

Страница 769: ...iguration is rejected If there are a list of IP access lists specified in this command and the packet matches at least one of these access list match criteria the corresponding set of actions in route map are applied to packet If there are duplicate IP access list numbers names in this command the duplicate configuration is ignored To delete a match statement from a route map use the no form of th...

Страница 770: ...his command to configure a route map in order to match based on the match criteria configured in an MAC access list A MAC ACL is configured before it is linked to a route map Actions present in MAC ACL configuration are applied with other actions involved in route map When a MAC ACL referenced by a route map is removed the route map rule is also removed and the corresponding rule is not effective ...

Страница 771: ...one Command Mode Route Map Config Parameter as path string A list of AS path numbers to insert at the beginning of the AS_PATH attribute of matching BGP routes To prepend more than one AS number separate the ASNs with a space and enclose the string in quotes Up to ten AS numbers may be prepended 6 10 2 12 set comm list delete To remove BGP communities from an inbound or outbound UPDATE message use...

Страница 772: ... this command Syntax set community community number additive no advertise no export none no set community Default Setting None Command Mode Route Map Config Parameter community number One to sixteen community numbers either as a 32 bit integers or in AA NN format Communities are separated by spaces The well known communities no advertise and no export are also accepted additive Optional Communitie...

Страница 773: ... the no form of this command Syntax set interface null0 no set interface null0 Default Setting None Command Mode Route Map Config 6 10 2 15 set default interface A packet is dropped by this command only if there is no explicit route for the packet s destination address in the routing table A default route in the routing table is not considered an explicit route for an unknown destination address I...

Страница 774: ...be the address of an adjacent router A maximum of 16 next hop IP addresses can be specified in this set clause 6 10 2 17 set ip default next hop Use this command to set a list of default next hop IP addresses If more than one IP address is specified the ECMP rule is used A packet is routed to the next hop specified by this command only if there is no explicit route for the packet s destination add...

Страница 775: ...edence 0 7 no set ip precedence Default Setting None Command Mode Route Map Config Parameter 0 Sets the routine precedence 1 Sets the priority precedence 2 Sets the immediate precedence 3 Sets the Flash precedence 4 Sets the Flash override precedence 5 Sets the critical precedence 6 Sets the internetwork control precedence 7 Sets the network control precedence 6 10 2 19 set local preference To set...

Страница 776: ...wo autonomous systems AS setting the MED on routes advertised by one router can influence the other AS to send traffic through a specific peer To remove a set command from a route map use the no form of this command Syntax set metric value no set metric Default Setting None Command Mode Route Map Config Parameter value A metric value from 0 to 4 294 967 295 any 32 bit integer 6 10 2 21 clear ip pr...

Страница 777: ... Mode Privileged Exec Parameter prefix list name Optional Name of the prefix list from which the hit count is to be cleared network length Optional Network number and length in bits of the network mask If this option is specified hit counters are only cleared for the matching statement ...

Страница 778: ... s The table entry is suppressed The table entry is valid The table entry is the best entry to use for that network I The table entry was learned via an internal BGP iBGP session Origin codes Origin of the entry The origin code is placed at the end of each line in the table It can be one of the following values i Entry originated from an Interior Gateway Protocol IGP and was advertised with a netw...

Страница 779: ...A COMPUTER INC Layer 2 3 4 Managed Switch QuantaMesh Routing Commands 779 Path Autonomous system paths to the destination network There can be one entry in this field for each autonomous system in the path ...

Страница 780: ...est path information as following Local Preference Local preference value as set with the set local preference route map configuration command The default value is 100 AS Path An Autnonomous System path is a list of all the autonomous systems that a specific route passes through to reach one destination Origin Indicates the origin of the entry It can be IGP EGP and Incomplete Metric The value of t...

Страница 781: ...x show ip bgp aggregate address Default Setting None Command Mode Privileged Exec User Exec Display Messages Aggregation of routes with different MED values is allowed The aggregate different meds is enabled Prefix Len IP prefix and prefix length of the entry AS Set With AS Set feature or not Summary Only With Summary Only feature or not Active The aggregate address is active or not ...

Страница 782: ...e same as the Generation ID of any BGP prefix for a specific address family and is used to track changes to the BGP route table Local Route ID A 32 bit integer in dotted decimal format identifying the router about which information is displayed This is a configured value Status Codes Status of the table entry The status is displayed at the beginning of each line in the table It can be one of the f...

Страница 783: ... 0 0 0 0 indicates that the router has some non BGP routes to this network Metric If shown the value of the interautonomous system metric LocPref Local preference value as set with the set local preference route map configuration command The default value is 100 Path Autonomous system paths to the destination network There can be one entry in this field for each autonomous system in the path ...

Страница 784: ...configured value Status Codes Status of the table entry The status is displayed at the beginning of each line in the table It can be one of the following values s The table entry is suppressed The table entry is valid The table entry is the best entry to use for that network I The table entry was learned via an internal BGP iBGP session Origin codes Origin of the entry The origin code is placed at...

Страница 785: ...ommands 785 LocPref Local preference value as set with the set local preference route map configuration command The default value is 100 Path Autonomous system paths to the destination network There can be one entry in this field for each autonomous system in the path ...

Страница 786: ...e in the table It can be one of the following values s The table entry is suppressed The table entry is valid The table entry is the best entry to use for that network I The table entry was learned via an internal BGP iBGP session Origin codes Origin of the entry The origin code is placed at the end of each line in the table It can be one of the following values i Entry originated from an Interior...

Страница 787: ...A COMPUTER INC Layer 2 3 4 Managed Switch QuantaMesh Routing Commands 787 Path Autonomous system paths to the destination network There can be one entry in this field for each autonomous system in the path ...

Страница 788: ...ing None Command Mode Privileged Exec User Exec Display Messages Remote Address The IP Address of the Peer s BGP interface Remote AS Autonomous system number of the neighbor Peer ID Router ID of the neighbor Peer Admin Status States whether BGP is enabled or disabled of the neighbor Peer State Finite state machine FSM stage of session negotiation Local Port The port number of the local port Remote...

Страница 789: ...s neighbor Last Error Last error from received or sent for this neighbor Last SubError Last sub error for this neighbor Time Since Last Error The time stamps in which the last error occurred Established Transitions The number of connections established Established Time The time from the last connection established Time Since Last Update The time from the last Update message received IPv4 Outbound ...

Страница 790: ...efixes Rejected Number of prefixes rejected Max NLRI per Update Maximum number of network layer reachability attributes in UPDATEs Min NLRI per Update Minimum number of network layer reachability attributes in UPDATEs Inbound Received from the peer Outbound Transmitted to the peer ...

Страница 791: ...he table entry is valid The table entry is the best entry to use for that network I The table entry was learned via an internal BGP iBGP session Origin codes Origin of the entry The origin code is placed at the end of each line in the table It can be one of the following values i Entry originated from an Interior Gateway Protocol IGP and was advertised with a network router configuration command e...

Страница 792: ...Phase Decision process phase that ran Upd Grp Outbound update group ID Only set when decProcPhase is 3 GenId Generation ID of BGP routing table when decision process was run Reason Why decision process was triggered Peer Only set if decProcPhase is 1 Identifies the peer whose paths are reprocessed Duration How long the decision process phase took Adds Number of routes added during decision process...

Страница 793: ...ent BGP Local AS Number Autonomous system number of the current BGP Number of Network Entries Number of unique prefix entries in the BGP database Number of AS Paths Number of path entries in the BGP database Neighbor IP address of the neighbor ASN Autonomous system number of the neighbor MsgRcvd Number of messages received from the neighbor MsgSent Number of messages sent to the neighbor State The...

Страница 794: ... template configurations Syntax show ip bgp template template name template name Displays the configurations in a specific template Default Setting None Command Mode Privileged Exec User Exec Display Messages Template Name Name of the peer template AF Address Family IPv4 or IPv6 Configuration The configuration information of the peer template ...

Страница 795: ...essages sent and received Notification Number of notification error messages sent and received Refresh Number of route refresh request messages sent and received Total Total number of messages sent and received Max Received UPDATE rate Maximum rate of received UPDATE messages Max Send UPDATE rate Maximum rate of sent UPDATE messages BGP Queue Statistics The queue statistics of BGP protocol thread ...

Страница 796: ...hbor Prefix List Out Neighbor prefix list out All members of the group use the same Neighbor Route Map Out Neighbor route map out All members of the group use the same Members Added Number of members added to the group Members Removed Number of members removed from the group Update Version Number of times phase 3 of the decision process has run for the group Number of UPDATES Sent Number of UPDATE...

Страница 797: ...messages constructed during this update send UPD Sent Number of UPDATE messages transmitted during this update send Generally each UPDATE built is sent once to each member of the update group Paths Sent Number of prefixes advertised during this update send Pfxs Adv Number of prefixes withdrawn during this update send Pfxs Wd Number of paths advertised ...

Страница 798: ...an autonomous system that identifies the router to other BGP routers and tags the routing information that is passed along Number in the range from 1 to 65535 Default Setting None Command Mode Global Config 6 11 2 2 enable Use enable command resets the default administrative mode of BGP in the router active no enable command sets the administrative mode of BGP in the router to inactive Syntax enab...

Страница 799: ...ggregate mask as set Generates autonomous system set path informatio summary only Filters all more specific routes from update Default Setting The atomic aggregate attribute is set automatically when an aggregate route is created with this command unless the as set keyword is specified Command Mode Router BGP Config Mode 6 11 2 4 bgp aggregate different meds Use bgp aggregate different meds comman...

Страница 800: ...gp always compare med no bgp always compare med Default Setting Disabled Command Mode Router BGP Config Mode 6 11 2 6 bgp default local preference This command change the default local preference value To return the local preference value to the default setting use the no form of this command Syntax bgp default local preference number no bgp default local preference number Local preference value f...

Страница 801: ...nction Syntax bgp fast external failover no bgp fast external failover Default Setting Enabled Command Mode Router BGP Config Mode 6 11 2 8 bgp fast internal failover This command configures Border Gateway Protocol BGP routing process to immediately reset internal BGP peering sessions if the link used to reach these peers goes down no bgp fast internal failover command disables fast failover for i...

Страница 802: ... Config Mode 6 11 2 10 bgp router id This command sets a 4 digit dotted decimal number uniquely identifying the router bgp id The router id is a configured value Syntax bgp router id no bgp router id Default Setting None Command Mode Router BGP Config Mode 6 11 2 11 bgp maxas limit This command configures Border Gateway Protocol BGP to discard routes that have a number of autonomous system numbers...

Страница 803: ...3 4 Managed Switch QuantaMesh Routing Commands 803 number Maximum number of autonomous system numbers in the AS path attribute of the BGP Update message ranging from 1 to 100 Default Setting 75 Command Mode Router BGP Config Mode ...

Страница 804: ...holdtime no timers bgp keepalive The number of seconds this BGP speaker waits for a keepalive message before deciding that the connection is down We recommend you configure the keepalive parameter as 1 3 of the holdtime parameter holdtime The number of seconds this BGP speaker waits for a keepalive update or notification message before deciding that the connection is down We recommend you configur...

Страница 805: ...p route map name no neighbor peeripaddr default originate route map route map name peeripaddr IP address of the neighboring router route map name Identifier of a configured route map The route map should be examined to filter the networks to be advertised Default Setting None Command Mode Router BGP Config Mode 6 11 2 15 neighbor inherit peer This command is used to inherit neighbor configuration ...

Страница 806: ... source peeripaddr IP address of the neighboring router slot port Valid slot and port number separated by forward slashes loop interface number The valid value is 0 to 7 Default Setting None Command Mode Router BGP Config Mode 6 11 2 17 neighbor description This command is used to associate a description with a neighbor use the neighbor description command in router configuration mode To remove th...

Страница 807: ...password of up to 25 characters in length Default Setting None Command Mode Router BGP Config Mode 6 11 2 19 neighbor connect retry interval This command is used to specify a time interval at which the router attempts to open sessions to peers that are not fully established To return the router to default operation use the no form of this command Syntax neighbor peeripaddr connect retry interval c...

Страница 808: ...g only peeripaddr IP address of the neighboring router maximum Maximum number of prefixes allowed from this neighbor unlimited Don t restric the number of prefixes from this neighbor threshold Integer specifying at what percentage of maximum the router starts to generate a warning message The range is from 1 to 100 warning only Allows the router to generate a log message when the maximum is exceed...

Страница 809: ...ne Command Mode Router BGP Config Mode 6 11 2 22 neighbor filter list This command is used to set up a BGP filter use the neighbor filter list command in Router BGP Config Mode To disable this function use the no form of this command Syntax neighbor peeripaddr filter list listnum in out no neighbor peeripaddr filter list listnum in out peeripaddr IP address of the neighboring router listname Numbe...

Страница 810: ... of a prefix list in Applied to incoming advertisements from that neighbor out Applied to outgoing advertisements to that neighbor Default Setting None Command Mode Router BGP Config Mode 6 11 2 24 neighbor remoteas This command is used to add an entry to the BGP or multiprotocol BGP neighbor table use the neighbor remote as command in Router BGP Config Mode To remove an entry from the table use t...

Страница 811: ...eighboring router route map name Identifier of a configured route map The route map should be examined to filter the networks to be advertised in Applies route map to incoming routes out Applies route map to outgoing routes Default Setting None Command Mode Router BGP Config Mode 6 11 2 26 neighbor shutdown This command is used to disable a neighbor use the neighbor shutdown command in Router BGP ...

Страница 812: ...live message that the router declares a peer dead The range is from 0 to 65535 Default Setting The default value of keepalive is 60 seconds The default value of holdtime is 180 seconds Command Mode Router BGP Config Mode 6 11 2 28 neighbor advertisement interval This command is used to set the minimum interval between the sending of BGP routing updates use the neighbor advertisement interval comma...

Страница 813: ...s command Syntax neighbor peeripaddr send community no neighbor peeripaddr send community peeripaddr IP address of the neighboring router Default Setting None Command Mode Router BGP Config Mode 6 11 2 30 distance This command is used to set the distance based on source and destination information obtained from the routes To return to the default values use the no form of this command Syntax dista...

Страница 814: ...s Routes are external when learned from an external autonomous system The range of values for this argument are from 1 to 255 internal distance Administrative distance for internal BGP routes Routes are internal when learned from peer in the local autonomous system The range of values for this argument are from 1 to 255 local distance Administrative distance for local BGP routes Local routes are t...

Страница 815: ...nate always Originate a default route even if routing table doesn t have one Default Setting Disabled Command Mode Router BGP Config Mode 6 11 2 33 maximum paths This command is used to configure the maximum number of parallel routes that an IP routing protocol will install into the routing table use the maximum paths command in router bgp configuration To restore the default value use the no form...

Страница 816: ...Config Mode 6 11 2 35 redistribute This command is used to redistribute routes from one routing domain into another routing domain use the redistribute command in router configuration mode To disable redistribution use the no form of this command Syntax redistribute protocol metric 0 4294967295 match internal external 1 external 2 nssa external 1 nssa external 2 route map route map name no redistr...

Страница 817: ... list Default Setting None Command Mode Router BGP Config Mode 6 11 2 37 distribute list out This command is used to suppress networks from being advertised in outbound Border Gateway Protocol BGP updates use the distribute list out command in router configuration mode To delete the distribute list and remove it from the running configuration file use the no form of this command Syntax distribute ...

Страница 818: ...s route map name Identifier of a configured route map The route map should be examined to filter the networks to be advertised Default Setting None Command Mode Router BGP Config Mode 6 11 2 39 template peer This command is used to enter bgp peer template mode for the specified template Use the no form of this command to remove the specified template Peer template is a configuration feature that a...

Страница 819: ... for DVMRP Syntax show ip dvmrp Default Setting None Command Mode Privileged Exec User EXEC Admin Mode This field indicates whether DVMRP is enabled or disabled This is a configured value Display Message Admin Mode Enable or disable DVMRP function Version This field indicates the version of DVMRP being used Total Number of Routes This field indicates the number of routes in the DVMRP routing table...

Страница 820: ...d on the specified interface This is a configured value Interface Metric This field indicates the metric of this interface This is a configured value Local Address This is the IP Address of the interface This Field is displayed only when DVMRP is operational on the interface Generation ID This is the Generation ID value for the interface This is used by the neighboring routers to detect that the D...

Страница 821: ...s field are ACTIVE or DOWN Up Time This field indicates the time since this neighboring router was learned Expiry Time This field indicates the time remaining for the neighbor to age out This field is not applicable if the State is DOWN Generation ID This is the Generation ID value for the neighbor Major Version This shows the major version of DVMRP protocol of neighbor Minor Version This shows th...

Страница 822: ...mand Mode Privileged Exec User Exec Display Message Source IP This field displays the sources for which this entry specifies a next hop on an outgoing interface Source Mask This field displays the IP Mask for the sources for which this entry specifies a next hop on an outgoing interface Next Hop Interface This field displays the interface in slot port format for the outgoing interface for this nex...

Страница 823: ...Mode Privileged Exec User Exec Display Message Group IP This field identifies the multicast Address that is pruned Source IP This field displays the IP Address of the source that has pruned Source Mask This field displays the network Mask for the prune source It should be all 1s or both the prune source and prune mask must match Expiry Time secs This field indicates the expiry time in seconds This...

Страница 824: ...ask for the source group Upstream Neighbor This field indicates the IP Address of the neighbor which is the source for the packets for a specified multicast address Interface This field displays the interface used to receive the packets sent by the sources Metric This field displays the distance in hops to the source subnet This field has a different meaning than the Interface Metric field Expiry ...

Страница 825: ...led Syntax ip dvmrp no ip dvmrp no This command sets administrative mode of DVMRP in the router to inactive IGMP must be enabled before DVMRP can be enabled Default Setting Disabled Command Mode Global Config This command sets the administrative mode of DVMRP on an interface to active Syntax ip dvmrp no ip dvmrp no This command sets administrative mode of DVMRP on an interface to inactive Default ...

Страница 826: ...his value is used in the DVMRP messages as the cost to reach this network Syntax ip dvmrp metric value no ip dvmrp metric value value This field has a range of 1 to 31 no This command resets the metric for an interface to the default value This value is used in the DVMRP messages as the cost to reach this network Default Setting 1 Command Mode Interface Config ...

Страница 827: ...ing 7 2 1 Show Commands 7 2 1 1 show ip igmp This command displays the system wide IGMP information Syntax show ip igmp Default Setting None Command Mode Privileged Exec User EXEC Display Message IGMP Admin Mode This field displays the administrative status of IGMP This is a configured value IGMP Router Alert check This field displays the administrative status of Router Alert validation for IGMP p...

Страница 828: ...rier mode or Non Querier mode Groups This displays the list of multicast groups that are registered on this interface If detail is specified the following fields are displayed Multicast IP Address This displays the IP Address of the registered multicast group on this interface Last Reporter This displays the IP Address of the source of the last membership report received for the specified multicas...

Страница 829: ...UANTA COMPUTER INC Layer 2 3 4 Managed Switch QuantaMesh IP Multicast Commands 829 Group Compatibilty Mode The group compatibility mode v1 v2 or v3 for this group on the specified interface ...

Страница 830: ...IGMP running on the interface This value can be configured to create a router capable of running either IGMP version 1 or 2 Query Interval secs This field indicates the frequency at which IGMP Host Query packets are transmitted on this interface This is a configured value Query Max Response Time 1 10 of a second This field indicates the maximum query response time advertised in IGMPv2 queries on t...

Страница 831: ...r 2 3 4 Managed Switch QuantaMesh IP Multicast Commands 831 Last Member Query Count This value is the number of Group Specific Queries sent before the router assumes that there are no local members This is a configured value ...

Страница 832: ...v1 v2 or v3 for the specified group on this interface Source Filter Mode The source filter mode Include Exclude for the specified group on this interface This is for IGMPv1 and IGMPv2 Membership Reports If detail is specified the following fields are displayed Interface Valid slot and port number separated by forward slashes Group Compatibility Mode The group compatibility mode v1 v2 or v3 for the...

Страница 833: ...it is running in Querier mode or Non Querier mode Querier IP Address This field displays the IP Address of the IGMP Querier on the IP subnet to which this interface is attached Querier Up Time This field indicates the time since the interface Querier was last changed Querier Expiry Time This field displays the amount of time remaining before the Other Querier Present Timer expires If the local sys...

Страница 834: ...tive Syntax ip igmp no ip igmp no This command sets the administrative mode of IGMP in the router to inactive Default Setting Disabled Command Mode Global Config This command sets the administrative mode of IGMP on an interface to active Syntax ip igmp no ip igmp no This command sets the administrative mode of IGMP on an interface to inactive Default Setting Disabled Command Mode Interface Config ...

Страница 835: ...t check no This command disables Enables Router Alert validation for IGMP packets Default Setting Disabled Command Mode Global Config 7 2 2 3 ip igmp version This command configures the version of IGMP for an interface Syntax ip igmp version 1 2 3 no ip igmp version 1 3 The igmp version number no This command resets the version of IGMP for this interface The version is reset to the default value D...

Страница 836: ...e default value Default Setting 2 Command Mode Interface Config 7 2 2 5 ip igmp last member query interval This command configures the Maximum Response Time being inserted into Group Specific Queries sent in response to Leave Group messages on the interface Syntax ip igmp last member query interval 0 255 no ip igmp last member query interval 0 255 The range for 0 255 is 0 to 255 tenths of a second...

Страница 837: ...ault Setting 125 seconds Command Mode Interface Config 7 2 2 7 ip igmp query max response time This command configures the maximum response time interval for the specified interface which is the maximum query response time advertised in IGMPv2 queries on this interface The time interval is specified in tenths of a second Syntax ip igmp query max response time 0 31744 no ip igmp query max response ...

Страница 838: ...mp robustness 1 255 The range for 1 255 is 1 to 255 no This command sets the robustness value to default Default Setting 2 Command Mode Interface Config 7 2 2 9 ip igmp startup query count This command sets the number of Queries sent out on startup separated by the Startup Query Interval on the interface Syntax ip igmp startup query count 1 20 no ip igmp startup query count 1 20 The range for 1 20...

Страница 839: ...s a detailed explanation of the MLD commands The commands are divided into the following different groups Show commands are used to display device settings statistics and other information Configuration commands are used to configure features and options of the switch For every configuration command there is a show command that will display the configuration setting 7 3 1 Show Commands 7 3 1 1 sho...

Страница 840: ...e Interface through which the multicast group is reachable Group Address The address of the multicast group Last Reporter The IP Address of the source of the last membership report received for this multicast group address on that interface Filter Mode The filter mode of the multicast group on this interface The values it can take are include and exclude Version 1 Host Timer The time remaining unt...

Страница 841: ...tes the configured query interval for the interface Query Max Response Time Indicates the configured maximum query response time in seconds advertised in MLD queries on this interface Robustness Displays the configured value for the tuning for the expected packet loss on a subnet attached to the interface Startup Query interval This valued indicates the configured interval between General Queries ...

Страница 842: ...this command to display MLD statistical information for the router Syntax show ipv6 mld traffic Default Setting None Command Mode Privileged Exec Display Message Valid MLD Packets Received The number of valid MLD packets received by the router Valid MLD Packets Sent The number of valid MLD packets sent by the router Queries Received The number of valid MLD queries received by the router Queries Se...

Страница 843: ...mand to reset the MLD query interval to the default value for that interface Default Setting 125 Command Mode Interface Config 7 3 2 2 ipv6 mld query max response time Use this command to set the MLD querier s maximum response time for the interface and this value is used in assigning the maximum response time in the query messages that are sent on that interface Syntax ipv6 mld query max response...

Страница 844: ...mber query interval no Use this command to reset the last member query interval parameter of the interface to the default value Default Setting 1000 milliseconds Command Mode Interface Config 7 3 2 4 ipv6 mld last member query count Use this command to set the number of listener specific queries sent before the router assumes that there are no local members on the interface The range for last memb...

Страница 845: ...bled Command Mode Global Config Interface Config 7 3 2 6 clear ipv6 mld counters The user can go to the CLI Privilege Configuration Mode to clear MLD counters on the system use the clear ipv6 mld counters slot port priviledge configuration command Syntax clear ipv6 mld counters slot port vlan vlan id slot port Specify the interface vlan id Specifies the VLAN interface The range of the VLAN ID is 1...

Страница 846: ...traffic priviledge configuration command Syntax clear ipv6 mld traffic Default Setting None Command Mode Privilege Exec 7 3 2 8 ipv6 mld version This command configures the version of MLD for an interface Syntax ipv6 mld version 1 2 no ipv6 mld version 1 2 The mld version number no This command resets the version of MLD for this interface The version is reset to the default value Default Setting 2...

Страница 847: ...te of the IPv4 multicast protocol Possible values are Operational or Non Operational IPv6 Protocol State This field indicates the current state of the IPv6 multicast protocol Possible values are Operational or Non Operational Table Max Size This field displays the maximum number of entries allowed in the multicast table IPv4 Protocol This field displays the multicast protocol running on the router...

Страница 848: ...ticast boundaries Syntax show ip mcast boundary slot port vlan vlan id slot port Interface number vlan id VLAN ID The range of VLAN ID is 1 to 4093 no parameter Represents all interfaces Default Setting None Command Mode Privileged Exec User Exec Display Message Interface Valid slot and port number separated by forward slashes Group IP The group IP address Mask The group IP mask ...

Страница 849: ...or the specified interface Syntax show ip mcast interface slot port vlan vlan id slot port Interface number vlan id VLAN ID The range of VLAN ID is 1 to 4093 Default Setting None Command Mode Privileged Exec User Exec Display Message Interface Valid slot and port number separated by forward slashes TTL This field displays the time to live value for this interface ...

Страница 850: ...e elapsed since the entry was created in seconds RPF Neighbor This field displays the IP address of the RPF neighbor Flags This field displays the flags associated with this entry If the summary parameter is specified the following fields are displayed Source IP This field displays the IP address of the multicast data source Group IP This field displays the IP address of the destination of the mul...

Страница 851: ...piry Time secs This field displays the time of expiry of this entry in seconds Up Time secs This field displays the time elapsed since the entry was created in seconds RPF Neighbor This field displays the IP address of the RPF neighbor Flags This field displays the flags associated with this entry If the summary parameter is specified the follow fields are displayed Source IP This field displays t...

Страница 852: ...ss of the multicast data source Group IP This field displays the IP address of the destination of the multicast packet Expiry Time secs This field displays the time of expiry of this entry in seconds Up Time secs This field displays the time elapsed since the entry was created in seconds RPF Neighbor This field displays the IP address of the RPF neighbor Flags This field displays the flags associa...

Страница 853: ...icast mode configuration is stored in the multicast configuration file and is automatically enabled once IGMP is enabled Syntax ip multicast no ip multicast no This command sets the administrative mode of the IP multicast forwarder in the router to inactive For multicast routing to become operational IGMP must be currently enabled An error message will be displayed on the CLI if multicast routing ...

Страница 854: ...y groupipaddr mask no ip mcast boundary groupipaddr mask groupipaddr the multicast group address for the start of the range of addresses to be excluded The address must be in the range of 239 0 0 0 through 239 255 255 255 mask mask to be applied to the multicast group address no This command deletes an administrative scope multicast boundary specified by groupipaddr and mask for which this multica...

Страница 855: ...st Data packets which are to be forwarded from the interface The value for ttlthreshold has range from 0 to 255 Syntax ip multicast ttl threshold 0 255 no ip multicast ttl threshold 0 255 the TTL threshold no This command applies the default ttlthreshold to a routing interface The ttlthreshold is the TTL threshold which is to be applied to the multicast Data packets which are to be forwarded from ...

Страница 856: ...show ip pim Default Setting None Command Mode Privileged Exec User Exec Display Message PIM Mode Indicates whether the PIM mode is dense PIM DM or sparse PIM SM Data Threshold Rate in kbps of SPT Threshold Register Rate limit Rate in kbps of the Register Threshold Interface slot port Interface Mode Indicates whether PIM is enabled or disabled on this interface Operational Status The current state ...

Страница 857: ...ress of the BSR BSR Priority Priority as configured in the ip pim bsr candidate command BSR Hash Mask Length Length of a mask maximum 32 bits that is to be ANDed with the group address before the hash function is called This value is configured in the ip pim bsrcandidate command Next Bootstrap Message Time in hours minutes and seconds in which the next bootstrap message is due from this BSR Next C...

Страница 858: ...rval The frequency at which PIM hello messages are transmitted on this interface By default the value is 30 seconds Join Prune Interval The join prune interval for the PIM router The interval is in seconds DR Priority The priority of the Designated Router configured on the interface This field is not applicable if the interface mode is Dense BSR Border Identifies whether this interface is configur...

Страница 859: ...ot port Interface number vlan id VLAN ID The range of VLAN ID is 1 to 4093 Default Setting None Command Mode Privileged Exec User Exec Display Message Neighbor Address The IP address of the neighbor on an interface Interface slot port Up Time The time since this neighbor has become active on this interface Expiry Time The expiry time of the neighbor on this interface DR Priority The DR Priority co...

Страница 860: ...ic RP address or to view group to candidate RP or group to Static RP mapping information Syntax show ip pim rp mapping rp address candidate static Default Setting None Command Mode Privileged Exec User Exec Display Message RP Address The IP address of the RP for the group specified Group Address The IP address and prefix length of the multicast group Group Mask The subnet mask associated with the ...

Страница 861: ...255 Default Setting None Command Mode Privileged Exec User Exec Display Message RP Address The IP address of the RP for the group specified Type Indicates the mechanism BSR or static by which the RP was selected 7 5 1 7 show ip pim ssm This command displays the configured source specific IP multicast addresses If no SSM Group range is configured this command output is No SSM address range is confi...

Страница 862: ...UANTA COMPUTER INC Layer 2 3 4 Managed Switch QuantaMesh IP Multicast Commands 862 ...

Страница 863: ...ange of the priority is 0 to 255 no This command is used to disable the router to announce its candidacy as a bootstrap router BSR Default Setting Disabled Command Mode Global Config Parameters hash mask length Length of a mask 32 bits maximum that is to be ANDed with the group address before the hash function is called All groups with the same seed hash correspond to the same RP For example if th...

Страница 864: ... is the IP address of the RP The parameter groupaddress is the group address supported by the RP The parameter groupmask is the group mask for the group address The optional keyword override indicates that if there is a conflict the RP configured with this command prevails over the RP learned by BSR Syntax ip pim rp address rp address group address group mask override no ip pim rp address rp addre...

Страница 865: ...UANTA COMPUTER INC Layer 2 3 4 Managed Switch QuantaMesh IP Multicast Commands 865 This command takes effect only when PIM SM is configured as the PIM mode i ...

Страница 866: ... by forward slashes vlan id VLAN ID The range of VLAN ID is 1 to 4093 group address Specifies the group address group mask Specifies the group mask no This command is used to disable the router to advertise itself as a PIM candidate rendezvous point RP to the bootstrap router BSR Default Setting None Command Mode Global Config This command takes effect only when PIM SM is configured as the PIM mod...

Страница 867: ...value Default Setting 0 Command Mode Global Config This command takes effect only when PIM SM is configured as the PIM mode 7 5 2 7 ip pim ssm Use this command to define the Source Specific Multicast SSM range of IP multicast addresses Syntax ip pim ssm default group address group mask no ip pim ssm default group address group mask group address Specifies the group address group mask Specifies the...

Страница 868: ...e to disabled Default Setting Disabled Command Mode Interface Config 7 5 2 9 ip pim bsr border Use this command to prevent bootstrap router BSR messages from being sent or received through an interface or range of interfaces Syntax ip pim bsr border no ip pim bsr border no Use this command to disable the interface from being the BSR border Default Setting Disabled Command Mode Interface Config Thi...

Страница 869: ...ority value for which a router is elected as the designated router DR Default Setting 1 Command Mode Interface Config This command takes effect only when PIM SM is configured as the PIM mode 7 5 2 11 ip pim hello interval Use this command to configure the PIM hello interval for the specified router interface or range of interfaces The hello interval is specified in seconds and is in the range 10 1...

Страница 870: ... 0 to 18000 Syntax ip pim join prune interval 0 18000 no ip pim join prune interval no Use this command to set the join prune interval to the default value Default Setting 60 Command Mode Interface Config This command takes effect only when PIM SM is configured as the PIM mode 7 5 2 13 ip pim trapflags This command enables the PIM trap mode for both Sparse Mode SM and Dense Mode DM Syntax ip pim t...

Страница 871: ...pim Default Setting None Command Mode Privileged Exec User Exec Display Message PIM Mode Indicates whether the PIM mode is dense PIM DM or sparse PIM SM Data Threshold Rate Indicates the data threshold rate for PIM Interface Valid slot and port number separated by forward slashes Interface Mode Indicates whether PIM is enabled or disabled on this interface Operational State The current state of PI...

Страница 872: ...configured source specific IPv6 multicast addresses If no SSM Group range is configured this command output is No SSM address range is configured Syntax show ipv6 pim ssm Default Setting None Command Mode Privileged Exec User Exec Display Message Group Address The IPv6 multicast address of the SSM group Prefix Length The network prefix length ...

Страница 873: ...lo Interval The frequency at which PIM hello messages are transmitted on this interface By default the value is 30 seconds Join Prune Interval The join prune interval for the PIM router The interval is in seconds By default the value is 60 seconds DR Priority The priority of the Designated Router configured on the interface This field is not applicable if the interface mode is Dense BSR Border Ide...

Страница 874: ... slot port vlan vlan id slot port Valid slot and port number separated by forward slashes vlan id VLAN ID The range of VLAN ID is 1 to 4093 Default Setting None Command Mode Privileged Exec User Exec Display Message Interface Slot and port number separated by forward slashes Neighbor Address The IP address of the neighbor on an interface Up Time The time since this neighbor has become active on th...

Страница 875: ...y Priority as configured in the ipv6 pim bsr candidate command BSR Hash Mask Length Length of a mask maximum 32 bits that is to be ANDed with the group address before the hash function is called This value is configured in the ipv6 pim bsr candidate command Next Bootstrap Message Time in hours minutes and seconds in which the next bootstrap message is due from this BSR C BSR Advertisement Interval...

Страница 876: ...t RP is being used for a specified group Syntax show ipv6 pim rp hash group address group address The IPv6 address of the RP for the group specified Default Setting None Command Mode Privileged Exec User Exec Display Message RP Address The IPv6 address of the RP for the group specified Type Indicates the mechanism BSR or static by which the RP was selected ...

Страница 877: ...pim rp mapping rp address candidate static Default Setting None Command Mode Privileged Exec User Exec Display Message RP Address The IPv6 address of the RP for the group specified Group Address The IPv6 address and prefix length of the multicast group Origin Indicates the mechanism BSR or static by which the RP was selected Expiry Time The expiry time of the RP mapping If detail is specified the ...

Страница 878: ...v6 pim dense no ipv6 pim dense no This command disables the administrative mode of PIM DM in the router Default Setting Disabled Command Mode Global Config 7 6 2 2 ipv6 pim sparse This command enables the administrative mode of PIM SM in the router Syntax ipv6 pim sparse no ipv6 pim sparse no This command disables the administrative mode of PIM SM in the router Default Setting Disbaled Command Mod...

Страница 879: ...rface to disabled Default Setting Disbaled Command Mode Interface Config 7 6 2 4 ipv6 pim hello interval Use this command to configure the PIM hello interval for the specified router interface or range of interfaces The hello interval is specified in seconds and is in the range 0 18000 Syntax ipv6 pim hello interval 0 18000 no ipv6 pim hello interval no Use this command to set the PIM hello interv...

Страница 880: ...n vlan id hash mask length priority no ipv6 pim bsr candidate interface slot port vlan vlan id slot port Interface number on this router from which the BSR address is derived to make it a candidate This interface must be enabled with PIM vlan id VLAN ID The range of VLAN ID is 1 to 4093 hash mask length BSR hash mask length The range of the mask is 0 to 128 The length of a mask that is to be ANDed...

Страница 881: ...UANTA COMPUTER INC Layer 2 3 4 Managed Switch QuantaMesh IP Multicast Commands 881 None Command Mode Global Config ...

Страница 882: ...d is used to configure the interface join prune interval for the PIM SM router on an interface or range of interfaces The join prune interval is specified in seconds This parameter can be configured to a value from 0 to 18000 Syntax ipv6 pim join prune interval 0 18000 no ipv6 pim join prune interval no Use this command to set the join prune interval to the default value Default Setting 60 Command...

Страница 883: ... 10 ipv6 pim rp candidate This command is used to configure the router to advertise itself as a PIM candidate rendezvous point RP to the bootstrap router BSR for a specific multicast group range Syntax ipv6 pim rp candidate interface slot port vlan vlan id group address prefix length interval interval no ipv6 pim rp candidate interface slot port vlan vlan id group address prefix length slot port T...

Страница 884: ...or the last hop router to switch to the shortest path Now support to enable 0 or disable Infinity Syntax iipv6 pim spt threshold 0 Infinity no ipv6 pim spt threshold 0 This is 0 kilobits per seconds Infinity This command will disable the function no This command is used to reset the Data Threshold rate for the last hop router to switch to the shortest path to the default value Default Setting 0 Co...

Страница 885: ...addresses on the router Note that this command takes effect only when PIM SM is configured as the PIM mode Syntax ipv6 pim ssm default group address prefix length no ipv6 pim ssm default group address prefix length default Defines the SSM range access list FF3x 32 no This command is used to disable the Source Specific Multicast SSM range Default Setting Disbaled Command Mode Global Config ...

Страница 886: ...MP Proxy Admin Mode States whether the IGMP Proxy is enabled or not This is a configured value Operational Mode States whether the IGMP Proxy is operationally enabled or not This is a status parameter Version The present IGMP host version that is operational on the proxy interface Number of Multicast Groups States the number of multicast groups that are associated with the IGMP Proxy interface Uns...

Страница 887: ... interface number of the IGMP Proxy Group Address The IP address of the multicast group Last Reporter The IP address of host that last sent a membership report Up Time in secs The time elapsed since last created Member State The status of the entry Possible values are IDLE_MEMBER or DELAY_MEMBER IDLE_MEMBER interface has responded to the latest group membership query for this group DELAY_MEMBER in...

Страница 888: ...address of host that last sent a membership report for the current group on the network attached to the IGMP Proxy interface upstream interface Up Time in secs The time elapsed since last created Member State The status of the entry Possible values are IDLE_MEMBER or DELAY_MEMBER IDLE_MEMBER interface has responded to the latest group membership query for this group DELAY_MEMBER interface is going...

Страница 889: ...x show ip igmp proxy interface Default Setting None Command Mode Privileged Exec User Exec Display Message Interface Index Shows the slot port of the IGMP proxy The column headings of the table associated with the interface are as follows Ver Shows the IGMP version Query Rcvd Number of IGMP queries received Report Rcvd Number of IGMP reports received Report Sent Number of IGMP reports sent Leaves ...

Страница 890: ...there are no multicast routing protocols enabled on the router Syntax ip igmp proxy no ip igmp proxy no This command disables the IGMP Proxy on the router Default Setting Disabled Command Mode Interface Config 7 7 2 2 ip igmp proxy reset status This command resets the host interface status parameters of the IGMP Proxy router This command is valid only when you enable IGMP Proxy on the interface Sy...

Страница 891: ...for the IGMP Proxy router This command is valid only when you enable IGMP Proxy on the interface The value of interval can be 1 260 seconds Syntax ip igmp proxy unsolicit rprt interval 1 260 no ip igmp proxy unsolicit rprt interval no This command resets the unsolicited report interval of the IGMP Proxy router to the default value Default Setting 1 Command Mode Interface Config ...

Страница 892: ...ssage Interface Index The interface number of the MLD Proxy Admin Mode States whether the MLD Proxy is enabled or not This is a configured value Operational Mode States whether the MLD Proxy is operationally enabled or not This is a status parameter Version The present MLD host version that is operational on the proxy interface Number of Multicast Groups States the number of multicast groups that ...

Страница 893: ...of the multicast group Last Reporter The IP address of the host that last sent a membership report for the current group on the network attached to the MLD Proxy interface upstream interface Up Time in secs The time elapsed since last created Member State Possible values are Idle_Member interface has responded to the latest group membership query for this group Delay_Member interface is going to s...

Страница 894: ...last sent a membership report for the current group on the network attached to the MLD Proxy interface upstream interface Up Time in secs The time elapsed since last created Member State Possible values are Idle_Member interface has responded to the latest group membership query for this group Delay_Member interface is going to send a group membership report to respond to a group membership query ...

Страница 895: ...fault Setting None Command Mode Privileged Exec User Exec Display Message Interface Index Shows the slot port of the MLD proxy The column headings of the table associated with the interface are as follows Ver Shows the MLD version Query Rcvd Number of MLD queries received Report Rcvd Number of MLD reports received Report Sent Number of MLD reports sent Leaves Rcvd Number of MLD leaves received Val...

Страница 896: ...o other multicast routing protocols enabled n the router Syntax ipv6 mld proxy no ipv6 mld proxy no This command disables the MLD Proxy on the router Default Setting Disabled Command Mode Interface Config 7 8 2 2 ipv6 mld proxy reset status This command resets reset the host interface status parameters of the MLD Proxy router This command is only valid when you enable MLD Proxy on the interface Sy...

Страница 897: ...al for the MLD Proxy router This command is only valid when you enable MLD Proxy on the interface The value of interval is 1 260 seconds Syntax ipv6 mld proxy unsolicit rprt interval 1 260 no ipv6 mld proxy unsolicit rprt interval no This command resets the unsolicited report interval of the MLD Proxy router to the default value Default Setting 1 Command Mode Interface Config ...

Страница 898: ...ip address command To assign an IPv6 address to the tunnel interface please refer to ipv6 address command 8 1 1 Show Commands 8 1 1 1 show interface tunnel This command displays the parameters related to tunnel such as tunnel mode tunnel source address and tunnel destination address Syntax show interface tunnel 0 7 Default Setting None Command Mode Privileged Exec Display Message If you do not spe...

Страница 899: ... Managed Switch QuantaMesh IPv6 Commands 899 MTU Size Shows the maximum transmission unit for packets on the interface IPv6 Address Length If you enable IPv6 on the interface and assign an address the IPv6 address and prefix display ...

Страница 900: ...e tunnel interface and associated configuration parameters for the specified tunnel interface Default Setting None Command Mode Global Config 8 1 2 2 tunnel source This command specifies the source transport address of the tunnel either explicitly or by reference to an interface Syntax tunnel source ipv4 address ethernet slot port vlan vlan id slot port The Interface number vlan id VLAN ID The ran...

Страница 901: ...ipv4 address ipv4 address A valid IP Address Default Setting None Command Mode Interfacel Tunnel Mode 8 1 2 4 tunnel mode ipv6ip This command specifies the mode of the tunnel With the optional 6to4 argument the tunnel mode is set to 6to4 automatic Without the optional 6to4 argument the tunnel mode is configured Syntax tunnel mode ipv6ip 6to4 Default Setting None Command Mode Interfacel Tunnel Mode...

Страница 902: ...k interfaces Syntax show interface loopback 0 7 Default Setting None Command Mode Privileged Exec Display Message If you do not specify a loopback ID the following information appears for each loopback interface on the system Loopback ID Shows the loopback ID associated with the rest of the information in the row Interface Shows the interface name IP Address Shows the IPv4 address of the interface...

Страница 903: ...mmands 8 2 2 1 interface loopback This command uses to enter the Interface Config mode for a loopback interface The range of the loopback ID is 0 to 7 Syntax interface loopback 0 7 no interface loopback 0 7 no This command removes the loopback interface and associated configuration parameters for the specified loopback interface Default Setting Disabled Command Mode Global Config ...

Страница 904: ...ommand Mode Privileged Exec User Exec Display Message IPv6 Unicast Routing Mode Shows whether the IPv6 unicast routing mode is enabled IPv6 Hop Limit Shows the unicast hop count used in IPv6 packets originated by the node For more information see ipv6 hot limit ICMPv6 Rate Limit Error Interval Shows how often the token bucket is initialized with burst size tokens For more information see ipv6 icmp...

Страница 905: ...nformation also appears Routing Mode Shows whether IPv6 routing is enabled or disabled IPv6 Routing Operational Mode Shows whether the operational state of an interface is enabled or disabled Bandwidth Shows the bandwidth of the interface Interface Maximum Transmission Unit Shows the MTU size in bytes Router Duplicate Address Detection Transmits Shows the number of consecutive duplicate address de...

Страница 906: ...sements IPv6 Destination Unreachables Shows whether ICMPv6 Destination Unreachable messages may be sent enabled or not disabled If an IPv6 prefix is configured on the interface the following information also appears IPv6 Prefix Shows the IPv6 prefix for the specified interface Preferred Lifetime Shows the amount of time the advertised prefix is a preferred prefix Valid Lifetime Shows the amount of...

Страница 907: ...ned Interface Shows the interface in slot port format IPv6 Address IPV6 address of neighbor or interface MAC Address Link layer Address IsRtr Shows whether the neighbor is a router If the value is TRUE the neighbor is known to be a router and FALSE otherwise A value of FALSE might not mean Note that routers are not always known to be routers Neighbor State State of neighbor cache entry Possible va...

Страница 908: ...tax show ipv6 ndp Default Setting None Command Mode Privilege Exec Display Message IPv6 Address The IPv6 address of the interface MAC Address The MAC Address used isRtr Specifies the router flag Neighbor State The state of the neighbor cache entry Possible values are Reachable Delay Age Updated The time in seconds that has elapsed since an entry was added to the cache ...

Страница 909: ... protocol protocol summary all all Default Setting None Command Mode Privileged Exec User Exec Display Message The show ipv6 route command displays the routing tables in the following format Codes C connected S static 6To4 6to4 Route RG RIPng O OSPF Intra OI OSPF Inter OE1 OSPF Ext 1 OE2 OSPF Ext 2 ON1 OSPF NSSA Ext Type 1 ON2 OSPF NSSA Ext Type 2 The columns for the routing table display the foll...

Страница 910: ...pe OSPF Inter Area Reject routes routes of REJECT type installed by any protocol are not redistributed by OSPF RIP Reject routes are supported in both OSPFv2 and OSPFv3 8 3 1 6 show ipv6 route preferences This command displays the preference value associated with the type of route Lower numbers have a greater preference A route with a preference of 255 cannot be used to forward traffic Syntax show...

Страница 911: ...ommand Mode Privileged Exec Display Message Connected Routes Total number of connected routes in the routing table Static Routes Shows whether the IPv6 unicast routing mode is enabled RIPng Routes Total number of routes installed by RIPng protocol 6to4 Routes Total number of 6to4 routes in the routing table OSPF Routes Total number of routes installed by OSPFv3 protocol Reject Routes Total number ...

Страница 912: ...UANTA COMPUTER INC Layer 2 3 4 Managed Switch QuantaMesh IPv6 Commands 912 8 3 1 8 ...

Страница 913: ...arded Due To No Route Number of input datagrams discarded because no route could be found to transmit them to their destination Received Datagrams With Unknown Protocol Number of locally addressed datagrams received successfully but discarded because of an unknown or unsupported protocol This counter increments at the interface to which these datagrams were addressed which might not be necessarily...

Страница 914: ...vent their transmission to their destination but which were discarded e g for lack of buffer space Note that this counter would include datagrams counted in ipv6IfStatsOutForwDatagrams if any such packets met this discretionary discard criterion Fragments Created Number of output datagram fragments that have been generated as a result of fragmentation at this output interface Datagrams Successfull...

Страница 915: ...nterface Total ICMPv6 Messages Transmitted Total number of ICMP messages which this interface attempted to send Note that this counter includes all those counted by icmpOutErrors ICMPv6 Messages Not Transmitted Due To Error Number of ICMP messages which this interface did not send due to problems discovered within ICMP such as a lack of buffers This value should not include errors discovered outsi...

Страница 916: ...t messages sent by the interface ICMPv6 Redirect Messages Transmitted Number of Redirect messages sent For a host this object will always be zero since hosts do not send redirects ICMPv6 Group Membership Query Messages Transmitted Number of ICMPv6 Group Membership Query messages sent ICMPv6 Group Membership Response Messages Transmitted Number of ICMPv6 Group Membership Response messages sent ICMP...

Страница 917: ...uter advertisements and a value of 64 is sent in packets originated by the node Note that this is not the same as configuring a value of 64 Syntax ipv6 hop limit hops no ipv6 hop limit no Use this command to disable the forwarding of IPv6 hop limit Default Setting not configured Command Mode Global Config 8 3 2 2 ipv6 unicast routing Use this command to enable the forwarding of IPv6 unicast packet...

Страница 918: ... not been configured with an explicit IPv6 address When you use this command the interface is automatically configured with a link local address You do not need to use this command if you configured an IPv6 global address on the interface Syntax ipv6 enable no ipv6 enable no Use this command to disable IPv6 routing on an interface Default Setting Disabled Command Mode Interface Config Interface VL...

Страница 919: ...fe ffff 100 f101 0 0 0 1 becomes 3ffe ffff 100 f101 1 Local host 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0001 becomes 1 Any host 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 becomes The hexadecimal letters in the IPv6 addresses are not case sensitive An example of an IPv6 prefix and prefix length is 3ffe 1 1234 64 The optional eui 64 field designates that IPv6 processing on the interfaces was enabled using ...

Страница 920: ...mand to configure IPv6 gateway i e default routers information for the network port Syntax ipv6 gateway gateway address no ipv6 gateway gateway address Gateway address in IPv6 global or link local address format no Use this command remove IPv6 gateways on the network port interface Command Mode Interface vlan ...

Страница 921: ...ve the same destination The range for preference is 1 255 and the default value is 1 The interface slot port identifies direct static routes from point to point and broadcast interfaces and must be specified when using a link local address as the next hop A route with a preference of 255 cannot be used to forward traffic Syntax ipv6 route ipv6 prefix prefix_length next hop address preference inter...

Страница 922: ... no distance is specified in this command Changing the default distance does not update the distance of existing static routes even if they were assigned the original default distance The new default distance will only be applied to static routes created after invoking the ipv6 route distance command Syntax ipv6 route distance 1 255 no ipv6 route distance no This command resets the default static ...

Страница 923: ...ts maximum transmission unit value to default value Default Setting 0 or link speed MTU value is 1500 Command Mode Interface Config 8 3 2 9 ipv6 nd dad attempts This command sets the number of duplicate address detection probes transmitted Duplicate address detection verifies that an IPv6 address on an interface is unique Syntax ipv6 nd dad attempts 0 600 no ipv6 nd dad attempts no This command re...

Страница 924: ...mmand resets the managed address configuration flag in router advertisements to the default value Default Setting False Command Mode Interface Config 8 3 2 11 ipv6 nd ns interval This command sets the interval between router advertisements for advertised neighbor solicitations in milliseconds An advertised value of 0 means the interval is unspecified Syntax ipv6 nd ns interval 1000 4294967295 0 no...

Страница 925: ...ig flag no This command resets the other stateful configuration flag back to its default value in router advertisements sent from the interface Default Setting False Command Mode Interface Config 8 3 2 13 ipv6 nd ra interval This command sets the transmission interval between router advertisements Syntax ipv6 nd ra interval 4 1800 no ipv6 nd ra interval no This command sets router advertisement in...

Страница 926: ...as the default router Syntax ipv6 nd ra lifetime lifetime no ipv6 nd ra lifetime no This command resets router lifetime to the default value Default Setting 1800 Command Mode Interface Config 8 3 2 15 ipv6 nd reachable time This command sets the router advertisement time to consider a neighbor reachable after neighbor discovery confirmation Reachable time is specified in milliseconds A value of ze...

Страница 927: ...w medium no ipv6 nd router preference no This command resets router preference to default Default Setting Medium Command Mode Interface Config 8 3 2 17 ipv6 nd suppress ra This command suppresses router advertisement transmission on an interface Syntax ipv6 nd suppress ra no ipv6 nd suppress ra no This command enables router transmission on an interface Default Setting Disabled Command Mode Interf...

Страница 928: ...igured on the interface where the RA is transmitted Addresses are configured using the ipv6 address interface configuration command Each prefix advertisement includes information about the prefix such as its lifetime values and whether hosts should use the prefix for on link determination or address auto configuration Use the ipv6 nd prefix command to configure these values The ipv6 nd prefix comm...

Страница 929: ...MPv6 error messages are sent The rate limit is configured as a token bucket with two configurable parameters burst size and burst interval Syntax ipv6 icmp error interval burst interval burst size no ipv6 icmp error interval burst interval Specifies how often the token bucket is initialized with burst size tokens burst interval is from 0 to 2147483647 milliseconds msec burst size The number of ICM...

Страница 930: ...bled This is a configured value External LSDB Limit Shows the maximum number of non default AS external LSAs entries that can be stored in the link state database Exit Overflow Interval Shows the number of seconds that after entering Overflow State a router will attempt to leave Overflow State Autocost Ref BW Shows the value of auto cost reference bandwidth configured on the router Default Passive...

Страница 931: ...PF withdraws all of its self originated non default external LSAs After the Exit Overflow Interval OSPF leaves the overflow state if the number of external LSAs has been reduced External LSA Count Shows the number of external LS type 5 link state advertisements in the link state database External LSA Checksum Shows the sum of the LS checksums of external link state advertisements contained in the ...

Страница 932: ...t Setting None Command Mode Privileged Exec User Exec Display Messages Type The type of the route to the destination It can be either intra Intra area route inter Inter area route Router ID Router ID of the destination Cost Cost of using this route Area ID The area ID of the area from which this route is learned Next Hop Next hop toward the destination Next Hop Intf The outgoing router interface t...

Страница 933: ... 5 link state advertisements Stub Mode Represents whether the specified Area is a stub area or not The possible values are enabled and disabled This is a configured value Import Summary LSAs Shows whether to import summary LSAs enabled The following OSPF NSSA specific information displays only if the area is configured as an NSSA Import Summary LSAs Shows whether to import summary LSAs into the NS...

Страница 934: ...sbr Default Setting None Command Mode Privileged Exec User Exec Display Messages Type The type of the route to the destination It can be either intra Intra area route inter Inter area route Router ID Router ID of the destination Cost Cost of using this route Area ID The area ID of the area from which this route is learned Next Hop Next hop toward the destination Next Hop Intf The outgoing router i...

Страница 935: ...SAs that are restricted by the advertising router Use selforiginate to display the LSAs in that are self originated The information below is only displayed if OSPF is enabled Syntax show ipv6 ospf areaid database external inter area prefix router link network nssa external prefix router unknown area as link lsid adv router rtrid self originate areaid Configures to display database information abou...

Страница 936: ...state database Type 7 Ext Total number of NSSA external LSAs in the OSPFv3 link state database Link Total number of link LSAs in the OSPFv3 link state database Intra area Prefix Total number of intra area prefix LSAs in the OSPFv3 link state database Link Unknown Total number of link source unknown LSAs in the OSPFv3 link state database Area Unknown Total number of area unknown LSAs in the OSPFv3 ...

Страница 937: ...er priority The router priority determines which router is the designated router Retransmit Interval Shows the frequency in seconds at which the interface sends LSA Hello Interval Shows the frequency in seconds at which the interface sends Hello packets Dead Interval Shows the amount of time in seconds the interface waits before assuming a neighbor is down LSA Ack Interval Shows the amount of time...

Страница 938: ...ernet and IEEE 802 5 take the value broadcast The OSPF Interface Type will be broadcast State The OSPF Interface States are down loopback waiting point to point designated router and backup designated router Designated Router The router ID representing the designated router Backup Designated Router The router ID representing the backup designated router Number of Link Events The number of link eve...

Страница 939: ... the OSPF Area Id for the specified interface This is a configured value Router Priority Shows the router priority The router priority determines which router is the designated router Hello Interval Shows the frequency in seconds at which the interface sends Hello packets Dead Interval Shows the amount of time in seconds the interface waits before assuming a neighbor is down Retransmit Interval Sh...

Страница 940: ...rror has occurred Packets Received The number of OSPFv3 packets received on the interface Packets Transmitted The number of OSPFv3 packets sent on the interface LSAs Sent The total number of LSAs flooded on the interface LSA Acks Received The total number of LSA acknowledged from this interface LSA Acks Sent The total number of LSAs acknowledged to this interface Sent Packets The number of OSPF pa...

Страница 941: ...t s destination IP address is not the address of the ingress interface and is not the AllDrRouters or AllSpfRouters multicast addresses No Neighbor at Source Address The number of OSPF packets dropped because the sender is not an existing neighbor or the sender s IP address does not match the previously recorded IP address for that neighbor NOTE Does not apply to Hellos Invalid OSPF Packet Type Th...

Страница 942: ...mal number of the neighbor router Priority Displays the OSPF priority for the specified interface The priority of an interface is a priority integer from 0 to 255 A value of 0 indicates that the router is not eligible to become the designated router on this network Intf ID Shows the interface ID of the neighbor Interface Shows the interface of the local router in slot port format State Shows the s...

Страница 943: ...ssociated with the interface Options An integer value that indicates the optional OSPF capabilities supported by the neighbor These are listed in its Hello packets This enables received Hello Packets to be rejected i e neighbor relationships will not even start to form if there is a mismatch in certain crucial OSPF capabilities Router Priority Displays the router priority for the specified interfa...

Страница 944: ...spf range areaid areaid The area id of the requested OSPF area Default Setting None Command Mode Privileged Exec User Exec Display Messages Area ID The area id of the requested OSPF area IP Address An IP Address which represents this area range Subnet Mask A valid subnet mask for this area range Lsdb Type The type of link advertisement associated with this area range Advertisement The status of th...

Страница 945: ...e Command Mode Privileged Exec User Exec Display Messages Area ID Is a 32 bit identifier for the created stub area Type of Service Is the type of service associated with the stub metric Only supports Normal TOS Metric Val The metric value is applied based on the TOS It defaults to the least metric of the type of service among the interfaces to other areas The OSPF cost for a route is a function of...

Страница 946: ... ID The input neighbor Router ID Hello Interval The configured hello interval for the OSPF virtual interface Dead Interval The configured dead interval for the OSPF virtual interface Iftransit Delay Interval The configured transit delay for the OSPF virtual interface Retransmit Interval The configured retransmit interval for the OSPF virtual interface Authentication Type Shows the type of authenti...

Страница 947: ...vileged Exec User Exec Display Messages Area Id Is the area id of the requested OSPFv3 area Neighbor Is the neighbor interface of the OSPFv3 virtual interface Hello Interval Is the configured hello interval for the OSPFv3 virtual interface Dead Interval Is the configured dead interval for the OSPFv3 virtual interface Retransmit Interval Is the configured retransmit interval for the OSPFv3 virtual ...

Страница 948: ...s command sets the OSPF area to which the specified router interface belongs The areaid is an IPv6 address formatted as a 4 digit dotted decimal number or a decimal value in the range of 0 4294967295 The areaid uniquely identifies the area to which the interface connects Assigning an area id which does not exist on an interface causes the area to be created with default values Syntax ipv6 ospf are...

Страница 949: ... the specified interface The value for seconds is a valid positive integer which represents the length of time in seconds that a router s Hello packets have not been seen before its neighbor routers declare that the router is down The value for the length of time must be the same for all routers attached to a common network This value should be some multiple of the Hello Interval i e 4 Valid value...

Страница 950: ...erval for the specified interface Default Setting 10 Command Mode Interface Config 8 4 2 6 ipv6 ospf mtu ignore This command disables OSPF maximum transmission unit MTU mismatch detection OSPF Database Description packets specify the size of the largest IP packet that can be sent without fragmentation on the interface When a router receives a Database Description packet it examines the MTU adverti...

Страница 951: ...ignated router election It is normally not useful to set a tunnel to OSPF network type broadcast Syntax ipv6 ospf network broadcast point to point no ipv6 ospf network broadcast point to point no This command sets the interface type to the default value Default Setting Broadcast Command Mode Interface Config 8 4 2 8 ipv6 ospf priority This command sets the OSPF priority for the specified router in...

Страница 952: ...ntax ipv6 ospf retransmit interval seconds no ipv6 ospf retransmit interval no This command sets the default OSPF retransmit Interval for the specified interface Default Setting 5 Command Mode Interface Config 8 4 2 10 ipv6 ospf transmit delay This command sets the OSPF Transit Delay for the specified interface The transmit delay is specified in seconds In addition it sets the estimated number of ...

Страница 953: ...yntax ipv6 router ospf Default Setting None Command Mode Global Config 8 4 2 12 area default cost This command configures the monetary default cost for the stub area The operator must specify the area id and an integer value between 1 16777215 Syntax area areaid default cost 1 16777215 areaid Area ID Default Setting None Command Mode Router OSPFv3 Config ...

Страница 954: ...ptional metric parameter specifies the metric of the default route and is to be in a range of 1 16777214 If no metric is specified the default value is 10 The metric type can be comparable nssa external 1 or non comparable nssa external 2 Syntax area areaid nssa default info originate 1 16777215 comparable non comparable no area areaid nssa default info originate 1 16777215 comparable non comparab...

Страница 955: ...istribute areaid Area ID no This command disables the NSSA ABR so that learned external routes are redistributed to the NSSA Default Setting None Command Mode Router OSPFv3 Config 8 4 2 16 area nssa no summary This command configures the NSSA so that summary LSAs are not advertised into the NSSA Syntax area areaid nssa no summary no area areaid nssa no summary areaid Area ID no This command disabl...

Страница 956: ...or election process when it attains border router status Syntax area areaid nssa translator role always candidate no area areaid nssa translator role areaid Area ID always A value of always will cause the router to assume the role of the translator when it becomes a border router candidate a value of candidate will cause the router to participate in the translator election process when it attains ...

Страница 957: ... of time that an elected translator continues to perform its duties after it determines that its translator status has been deposed by another router Syntax area areaid nssa translator stab intv 0 3600 no area areaid nssa translator stab intv areaid Area ID 0 3600 The range is 0 to 3600 no Disables the nssa translator s stabilityinterval from the specified area id Default Setting None Command Mode...

Страница 958: ...d Syntax area areaid range ipv6 prefix prefix length summarylink nssaexternallink advertise not advertise no area areaid range ipv6 prefix prefix length areaid Area ID ipv6 prefix IP Address prefix length The subnetmask summarylink The lsdb type The value is summarylink or nssaexternallink nssaexternallink The lsdb type The value is summarylink or nssaexternallink advertise Allow advertising the s...

Страница 959: ...ithin the stub area Syntax area areaid stub no area areaid stub areaid Area ID no This command deletes a stub area for the specified area ID Default Setting None Command Mode Router OSPFv3 Config 8 4 2 21 area stub no summary This command disables the import of Summary LSAs for the stub area identified by areaid Syntax area areaid stub no summary no area areaid stub no summary areaid Area ID no Th...

Страница 960: ... Router ID of the neighbor Syntax area areaid virtual link neighborid no area areaid virtual link neighborid areaid Area ID neighborid Router ID of the neighbor no This command deletes the OSPF virtual interface from the given interface identified by areaid and neighborid The neighborid parameter is the Router ID of the neighbor Default Setting The default authentication type is none Command Mode ...

Страница 961: ...aid virtual link neighborid dead interval 1 65535 no area areaid virtual link neighborid dead interval areaid Area ID neighborid Router ID of the neighbor 1 65535 The range of the dead interval is 1 to 65535 no This command configures the default dead interval for the OSPF virtual interface on the virtual interface identified by areaid and neighbor The neighbor parameter is the Router ID of the ne...

Страница 962: ...neighborid Syntax area areaid virtual link neighborid hello interval 1 65535 no area areaid virtual link neighborid hello interval areaid Area ID neighborid Router ID of the neighbor 1 65535 The range of the hello interval is 1 to 65535 no This command configures the default hello interval for the OSPF virtual interface on the interface identified by areaid and neighborid Default Setting 10 second...

Страница 963: ...ghborid Syntax area areaid virtual link neighborid retransmit interval 0 3600 no area areaid virtual link neighborid retransmit interval areaid Area ID neighborid Router ID of the neighbor 0 3600 The range of the retransmit interval is 0 to 3600 no This command configures the default retransmit interval for the OSPF virtual interface on the interface identified by areaid and neighborid Default Set...

Страница 964: ...d neighborid Syntax area areaid virtual link neighborid transmit delay 0 3600 no area areaid virtual link neighborid transmit delay areaid Area ID neighborid Router ID of the neighbor 0 3600 The range of the transmit delay is 0 to 3600 no This command configures the default transmit delay for the OSPF virtual interface on the virtual interface identified by areaid and neighborid Default Setting 1 ...

Страница 965: ...nterface bandwidth to link cost The link cost is computed as the ratio of a reference bandwidth to the interface bandwidth ref_bw interface bandwidth where interface bandwidth is defined by the bandwidth command Because the default reference bandwidth is 100 Mbps OSPF uses the same default link cost for all interfaces whose bandwidth is 100 Mbps or greater Use the auto cost command to change the r...

Страница 966: ...ge of the metric is 1 to 16777215 metric type The value of metric type is type 1 or type 2 no This command configures the default advertisement of default routes Default Setting Metric unspecified Type 2 Command Mode Router OSPFv3 Config 8 4 2 29 default metric This command is used to set a default for the metric of distributed routes Syntax default metric 1 16777215 no default metric 1 16777215 T...

Страница 967: ... learned via OSPF in the following order intra inter type 1 type 2 The preference range is 1 to 255 A route with a preference of 255 cannot be used to forward traffic Syntax distance ospf intra inter type1 type2 preference no distance ospf intra inter type1 type2 preference The range for intra is 1 to 252 The range for inter is 2 to 253 The range for type1 is 3 to 254 The range for type2 is 4 to 2...

Страница 968: ...ures the exit overflow interval for OSPF It describes the number of seconds after entering Overflow state that a router will wait before attempting to leave the Overflow State This allows the router to again originate non default AS external LSAs When set to 0 the router will not leave Overflow State until restarted Syntax exit overflow interval 0 2147483647 no exit overflow interval 0 2147483674 ...

Страница 969: ...nd or any regular OSPF area Syntax external lsdb limit 1 2147483647 no external lsdb limit 1 2147483647 The range of external LSDB limit for OSPF is 1 to 2147483674 no This command configures the default external LSDB limit for OSPF Default Setting 1 Command Mode Router OSPFv3 Config 8 4 2 34 maximum paths This command sets the number of paths that OSPF can report for a given destination where max...

Страница 970: ...ax passive interface default no passive interface default Default Setting Disabled Command Mode Router OSPFv3 Config 8 4 2 36 passive interface Use this command to set the interface or tunnel as passive It overrides the global passive mode that is currently effective on the interface or tunnel Syntax passive interface slot port default tunnel tunnel id vlan vlan id no passive interface slot port d...

Страница 971: ...type 1 2 tag 0 4294967295 no redistribute static connected metric metric type tag 0 16777215 The range of metric is 0 to 16777214 0 4294967295 The range of tag is 0 to 4294967295 Default Setting Metric is unspecified Type is 2 Tag is 0 Command Mode Router OSPFv3 Config 8 4 2 38 router id This command sets a 4 digit dotted decimal number uniquely identifying the router ospf id Syntax router id ipad...

Страница 972: ...manner not specified in this protocol 8 5 1 Show Commands 8 5 1 1 show ipv6 rip This command displays information relevant to the RIPng router Syntax show ipv6 rip Default Setting None Command Mode Privileged Exec Display Messages RIPng Admin Mode Select enable or disable from the pulldown menu If you select enable RIPng will be enabled for the switch The default is disabled Split Horizon Mode Sel...

Страница 973: ... Layer 2 3 4 Managed Switch QuantaMesh IPv6 Commands 973 Info Time Configured value Enable Ripng of interfaces List all interfaces enabled RIPng Enable passive mode of interfaces List all interfaces enabled RIPng passive ...

Страница 974: ... the router active Syntax enable no enable no This command sets the administrative mode of RIPng in the router to inactive Default Setting Enabled Command Mode IPv6 Router RIP Config 8 5 2 2 ipv6 rip This command enables RIPng on a router interface Syntax ipv6 rip no ipv6 rip no This command disables RIPng on a router interface Default Setting Disabled Command Mode Interface Config ...

Страница 975: ...er rip Default Setting Disabled Command Mode Global Config 8 5 2 4 default information originate This command is used to set the advertisement of default routes Syntax default information originate no default information originate no This command is used to cancel the advertisement of default routes Default Setting Disabled Command Mode IPv6 Router RIP Config ...

Страница 976: ...ault metric of distributed routes to its default value Default Setting Not configured Command Mode IPv6 Router RIP Config 8 5 2 6 distance rip This command sets the route preference value of RIPng in the router Lower route preference values are preferred when determining the best route Syntax distance rip 1 255 no distance rip 1 255 the value for distance no This command sets the default route pre...

Страница 977: ...on mode will be that routes learned over this interface should be re advertised on the interface with a metric of infinity 16 Syntax split horizon none simple poison no split horizon none This command sets without using RIPngplit horizon mode simple This command sets to use simple split horizon mode poison This command sets to use poison reverse mode no This command cancel to set the RIPngplit hor...

Страница 978: ...SPF Static and Connetced Syntax Format for OSPF as source protocol redistribute ospf metric 1 15 Format for other source protocols redistribute static connected metric 1 15 no redistribute ospf static connected metric 1 15 a value for metric no This command de configures RIPng protocol to redistribute routes from the specified source protocol routers Default Setting Metric not configured Command M...

Страница 979: ...rbage info return to the default value Syntax ipv6 rip timer update garbage info 5 2147483647 no ipv6 rip timer update garbage info update This command sets to the RIPng update time garbage This command sets to the RIPng garbage time info This command sets to the RIPng info time no This command sets the RIPng timer to default value Default Setting update the default value is 30 seconds garbage the...

Страница 980: ... Configuration Mode to set ipv6 rip passive use the ipv6 rip passive interface interface configuration command Use the no ipv6 rip passive interface return to the default value Syntax ipv6 rip passive interface no ipv6 rip passive interface no This command sets the RIPng timer to default value Default Setting Disabled Command Mode Interface Config ...

Страница 981: ... Parameter detail summary Optional Displays detailed or summarized information about all prefix lists listname Optional The name of a specific prefix list ipv6 prefix prefixlength Optional The network number and length in bits of the network mask seq Optional Applies the sequence number to the prefix list entry sequence number Optional The sequence number of the prefix list entry longer Optional D...

Страница 982: ...on before using this command to delete an IPv6 Prefix List Syntax ipv6 prefix list list name seq seq number permit deny ipv6 prefix prefix length ge ge value le le value description text renumber renumber interval first statement number no ipv6 prefix list list name Default Setting No prefix lists are configured by default When neither the ge nor the le option is configured the destination prefix ...

Страница 983: ...rs if a prefix matches any one of the prefix lists If you configure a match ipv6 address statement within a route map section that already has a match ipv6 address statement the new prefix lists are added to the existing set of prefix lists and a match occurs if any prefix list in the combined set matches the prefix To delete a match statement from a route map use the no form of this command Synta...

Страница 984: ... list Use this command to reset and clear IPv6 prefix list hit counters The hit count is a value indicating the number of matches to a specific prefix list entry Syntax clear ipv6 prefix list prefix list name ipv6 prefix prefix length Command Mode Privileged Exec Parameter prefix list name Optional Name of the prefix list from which the hit count is to be cleared ipv6 prefix prefixlength Optional ...

Страница 985: ...show dcb fip snooping Default Setting None Command Mode Privileged Exec Display Message FIP Snooping fip snooping function status 9 1 2 show fip snooping enode This command displays the ENode connections for the entire system Syntax show dcb fip snooping enode Default Setting None Command Mode Privileged Exec Display Message ENode MAC MAC address of the ENode ENode Interface Number Name of the int...

Страница 986: ...UANTA COMPUTER INC Layer 2 3 4 Managed Switch QuantaMesh Data Center Bridging Commands 986 VLAN ID ID number of the VLAN to which the ENode belongs ENode Name ID Name ID ...

Страница 987: ...system Syntax show dcb fip snooping session Default Setting None Command Mode Privileged Exec Display Message VN Port MAC FCoE MAC address that is used to send the FCoE packets FCF Interface Number The interface to which the FCF is connected FCF MAC address MAC address of the FCF ENode MAC address MAC address of the ENode ENode Interface Number The interface to which the ENode is connected ...

Страница 988: ...ed for the entire system Syntax show dcb fip snooping fcf Default Setting None Command Mode Privileged Exec Display Message FCF MAC MAC address of the FCF FCF Interface Number Name of the interface to which the FCoE Forwarder FCF is connected VLAN ID ID number of the VLAN to which the FCF belongs FC MAP May FC Map value used by the FCF Switch Name Name ID Fabric Name Name of the FCF ...

Страница 989: ... after enabling it are the FIP related CLIs under VLAN and interface mode visible The FIP snoop process also starts after the fip snooping command is enabled Once the feature is enabled the FIP snoop packets and FCoE packets are dropped unless explicitly enabled on a per VLAN basis If FIP snooping is enabled all the FIP frames are snooped and security ACLs are added FCoE traffic is blocked on all ...

Страница 990: ... must be configured before it can be used Once VLAN is enabled the FIP packets will be snooped only on the configured VLANs FIP snooping is disabled on VLANs by default Syntax fip snooping vlan 1 4093 no fip snooping vlan 1 4093 1 4093 VLAN ID no This command disable snooping on a specific VLAN Default Setting Disabled Command Mode DCB Data Center Bridging Config ...

Страница 991: ...trol interface all Default Setting None Command Mode Privileged Exec 9 2 2 priority flow control mode Set Priority Flow Control PFC to be enabled disabled or atuo on the interface Both PFC and 802 3x flow control are enabled PFC will take effect Syntax priority flow control mode on auto no priority flow control mode no This command auto the Priority Flow Control PFC on the interface Default Settin...

Страница 992: ...on the selected interface Syntax priority flow control priority priority_id drop no drop no priority flow control priority Default Setting The default behavior for priority 3 4 5 6 are no drop Command Mode DCB Data Center Bridging interface mode 9 2 4 clear priority flow control statistics Clear all global and interface PFC statistics Syntax clear priority flow control statistics Command Mode Priv...

Страница 993: ...Privileged Exec Display Message Traffic Class The Traffic Class can range from 0 7 although the actual number of available traffic classes depends on the platform Traffic Class Group The Traffic Class Group can range from 0 7 although the actual number of available traffic classes depends on the platform 9 3 2 show dcb ets traffic class group This command displays ETS traffic class group Syntax sh...

Страница 994: ...ndwidth is not guaranteed and the TCG operates using best effort Max Bandwidth The maximum transmission bandwidth expressed as a percentage A value of zero means no upper limit is enforced so the queue may use any or all of the available bandwidth of the interface Weight The weight of the TCG used during non strict scheduling Scheduler Type Indicates whether this queue is scheduled for transmissio...

Страница 995: ...up number Default Setting None Command Mode Data Center Bridging Interface Mode 9 3 4 ets traffic class group max bandwidth Use the ets traffic class group max bandwidth command to specify the maximum transmission bandwidth limit for each Traffic Class Group Syntax ets traffic class group max bandwidth bw 0 bw 1 bw 2 bw 0 The maximum bandwidth percentage for TCG 0 bw 1 The maximum bandwidth percen...

Страница 996: ...0 The minimum bandwidth percentage for TCG 0 bw 1 The minimum bandwidth percentage for TCG 1 bw 2 The minimum bandwidth percentage for TCG 2 Default Setting None Command Mode Data Center Bridging Interface Mode 9 3 6 ets traffic class group strict Use the ets traffic class group strict command to activate the strict priority scheduler mode for each Traffic Class Group Syntax ets traffic class grou...

Страница 997: ... ets traffic class group weight command to specify the weight for each interface Traffic Class Group Syntax ets traffic class group weight wp 0 wp 1 wp 2 wp 0 The number of weight for queue 0 wp 1 The number of weight for queue 1 wp 2 The number of weight for queue 2 Default Setting None Command Mode Data Center Bridging Interface Mode ...

Страница 998: ... 1 show evb status This command displays EVB function global parameter on system Syntax show evb status Default Setting None Command Mode Privileged Exec Display Message Interface Displays the interface number Link Displays the link status of this interface Admin Mode Displays the administrative mode of EVB on this interface ...

Страница 999: ...dministrative mode of this interface Remote Sync Displays the synchronization status Support Capability Displays the support capabilities of EVB on this interface Configure Capability Displays the configured capabilities of EVB on this interface Support Mode Display the support mode of EVB on this interface Configure Mode Display the configured mode of EVB on this interface Configure RTE Display t...

Страница 1000: ...rivileged Exec Display Message Interface Display the interface number Instance ID Displays the instance ID of the VSI profile MAC address Displays the MAC address of VSI profile VLAN Displays the VLAN information of VSI profile 9 4 4 evb enable This command sets the administrative mode of EVB for an interface Syntax evb enable no evb enable no This command sets administrative mode to disable for t...

Страница 1001: ...nds 1001 9 4 5 evb rte This command sets the Retransmission Timer Exponent of EVB for an interface Syntax evb rte 16 31 no evb rte 16 31 Retransmission timer Exponent RTE ranged from 16 to 31 no This command sets RTE to default setting Default Setting 16 Command Mode Interface Config ...

Страница 1002: ...the VM Tracer interface mode is enabled Syntax show vmtracer interface slot port slot port show the VM interface Vnics that are on the slot port where the VMTracer interface mode is enabled Default Setting None Command Mode Privileged Exec Display Message Port the physical interface number of the device VM Tracer the VM Tracer interface mode state The value should be Enable or Disable VM Name the ...

Страница 1003: ...he name Default Setting None Command Mode Privileged Exec Display Message Session Name the configured name of the VM Tracer session vCenter URL the url address of vCenter It should be start with https Username the login username of vCenter on the VM Tracer session Password the login password of vCenter on the VM Tracer session AutoVlan the mode of AutoVlan The value should be Enable of Disable All...

Страница 1004: ...name displays information for the specific VM Default Setting None Command Mode Privileged Exec Display Message VM Name the name of attached VM VM Adapter the adapter name of the VM interface Interface the associated switch interface of attached VM VLAN the VLAN value of the VM interface Vnic the adapter name of the VM interface Mac the network mac address of vnic Portgroup the portgroup of the VM...

Страница 1005: ...w vmtracer host Default Setting None Command Mode Privileged Exec Display Message Interface the associated switch interface of the host device Host the host name Manufacturer the manufacture vendor of the host device Model the model name of host device CPU Speed the cpu speed of the host device CPUs the number of cpu inside the host device CPU Cores the cpu cores of the host device Memory the memo...

Страница 1006: ...oads an existing session for editing The switch supports total four VM Tracer sessions Syntax vmtracer session name no vmtracer session name no This command removes a existed VM Tracer session name The label assigned to the VM Tracer session Default Setting None Command Mode Global Config When the switch in vmtracer mode it can configure the following commands allow vlan autovlan disable exit vmtr...

Страница 1007: ... mode By default all VLANs are allowed Syntax allow vlan vlan list add remove vlan list none all vlan list Enter VLAN IDs in range 1 4093 Use to specify a range or to separate VLAN IDs in a list Spaces and Zeros are not permitted add Add VLAN IDs to current allow vlan list remove Remove VLAN IDs from current allow vlan list none Make allow vlan list to be empty all Add all VLAN IDs to current allo...

Страница 1008: ...o provisioning Syntax autovlan disable no autovlan disable no this command enables vlan auto provisioning Default Setting no autovlan disable Command Mode VM Tracer Config 9 5 2 4 password The command specifies the token that authorizes the username to the vCenter associated with the VM Tracer session Syntax password 0 7 password 0 7 This command sets encryption level of the password 0 the passwor...

Страница 1009: ...r must match the username configured on the vCenter Default Setting None Command Mode VM Tracer Config 9 5 2 6 url The command specifies the vCenter server location that is monitored by the session being edited by the current vmtracer mode The command must reference a fully formed secure url Syntax url url_name url_name the location value of the vCenter server Valid formats include IP address dott...

Страница 1010: ... is exited Syntax exit Default Setting None Command Mode VM Tracer Config 9 5 2 8 vmtracer The command enables vmtracer mode on the interface configuration mode Interfaces with vmtracer mode enabled send discovery packets to the connected host device The no vmtracer command disables vmtracer mode on the configuration mode interface Syntax vmtracer no vmtracer no This command disables VM Tracer mod...

Страница 1011: ...s and configuration information Syntax show openflow instance id Default Setting None Command Mode Priviledged EXEC Examples Quanta show openflow 1 Administrative Mode Enable Operational Status Enabled Disable Reason None IP Address 192 168 2 117 OpenFlow Variant OpenFlow 1 1 Fail Mode Fail Secure Ignore Legacy Protocol Disable Hybrid Mode Per Port Port List 0 1 0 3 0 5 0 7 0 8 ch1 ch2 ch4 ch6 ch7...

Страница 1012: ...s command displays the OpenFlow controller configuration information Syntax show openflow instance id configured controller Default Setting None Command Mode Privileged EXEC Examples Quanta show openflow 1 configured controller IP Address IP Port Connection Mode Connection Status Role 192 168 2 5 6633 tcp ACTIVE N A ...

Страница 1013: ...led flows Default Setting None Command Mode Privileged EXEC Examples Quanta show openflow 1 installed flows Flow 0000000B type 1DOT0 Match criteria Flow table 24 Priority 65535 Ingress port 0 1 Src MAC 00 00 00 00 00 01 Dst MAC 00 00 00 00 00 02 VLAN 5 VLAN prio 3 Ether type 800 IP proto 6 Src IP 1 1 1 1 Dst IP 2 2 2 2 Src IP port 12345 Dst IP port 80 TOS 16 Actions Egress port 0 3 Status Duration...

Страница 1014: ...ult Setting None Command Mode Privileged EXEC Examples Quanta do show openflow 1 installed meters Meter ID 6 Number of bands 1 Band type Drop Rate for dropping packets 8000 Size of bursts 4000 Number of flows bound to meter 1 Number of packets in input 3134691 Number of bytes in input 200620288 Duration 274 Band ID 1 Number of packets in band 650555 Number of bytes in band 41635520 Number of packe...

Страница 1015: ...s Flow Table Name Openflow Maximum Size 896 Number of Entries 3 Hardware Entries 3 Software Only Entries 0 Waiting for Space Entries 0 Flow Insertion Count 3 Flow Deletion Count 0 Insertion Failure Count 0 Flow Table Description The Openflow table matches on the packet layer 2 header including DA MAC SA MAC VLAN Vlan priority ether type layer 3 header including SRC IP DST IP IP protocol IP TOS lay...

Страница 1016: ... 10 2 1 OpenFlow Instance This command enters OpenFlow instance Syntax openflow instance instance id Default Setting None Command Mode Global Config 10 2 2 OpenFlow Enable Disable To configure admin mode of OpenFlow instance Syntax enable no enable Default Setting Disable Command Mode OpenFlow Instance Mode ...

Страница 1017: ...cifies one IP address and connection mode TCP or TLS If the IP Port is omitted then the default IP port number 6633 is used The default connection mode is TLS Syntax controller ipaddr portid ssl tcp no controller ipaddr portid all Default Setting SSL Command Mode OpenFlow Instance Mode 10 2 4 OpenFlow Hybrid Mode To configure the hybrid OpenFlow Syntax hybridmode per vlan per port Default Setting ...

Страница 1018: ...AN instance Syntax vlan vlan list no vlan vlan list Default Setting None Command Mode OpenFlow Instance per VLAN Mode 10 2 6 OpenFlow PORT in Per PORT mode instance To add remove PORT to OpenFlow per PORT instance Syntax port port list port channel ChId List no port port list port channel ChId List Default Setting None Command Mode OpenFlow Instance per PORT Mode ...

Страница 1019: ...se that a switch loses contact with all controllers the switch should immediately enter either 3 protocol to connect with standalone modet a switch loses contact with only change to switch behavior is that packets and messages destined to the controllers are dropped Flows should continue to expire according to their timeouts in es destined to the controllers are dropped Fl the switch processes all...

Страница 1020: ...UANTA COMPUTER INC Layer 2 3 4 Managed Switch QuantaMesh OpenFlow Commands 1020 Syntax ignore legacy protocol no ignore legacy protocol Default Setting Disable Command Mode OpenFlow Instance Mode ...

Отзывы:

Нет отзывов

Похожие инструкции для QuantaMesh

D-Link DSL-500 Quick Start Manual preview
DSL-500
Бренд: D-Link Страницы: 11
D-Link DHP?P309AV Setup Manual preview
DHP?P309AV
Бренд: D-Link Страницы: 8
D-Link AirPlus DWL-810 Quick Installation Manual preview
AirPlus DWL-810
Бренд: D-Link Страницы: 8
D-Link DHP-601AV Quick Installation Manual preview
DHP-601AV
Бренд: D-Link Страницы: 84
Panasonic KX-UDS124 Important Information Manual preview
KX-UDS124
Бренд: Panasonic Страницы: 44
3Com TokenLink Velocity 3C319 Release Note preview
TokenLink Velocity 3C319
Бренд: 3Com Страницы: 2
Wattle Pegasus Quick Installation Manual preview
Pegasus
Бренд: Wattle Страницы: 6
Baicells Nova430i Quick Manual preview
Nova430i
Бренд: Baicells Страницы: 8
Dust Networks SmartMesh IA-510 D2511 Manager'S Manual preview
SmartMesh IA-510 D2511
Бренд: Dust Networks Страницы: 30
Draytek Vigor 2700G Specifications preview
Vigor 2700G
Бренд: Draytek Страницы: 2
Genie IP8ESP User Manual preview
IP8ESP
Бренд: Genie Страницы: 6
Hamlet HRDSL742 User Manual preview
HRDSL742
Бренд: Hamlet Страницы: 122
Billion BiPAC 7301VGP User Manual preview
BiPAC 7301VGP
Бренд: Billion Страницы: 120
Swann NVRx-7300 series Quick Start Manual preview
NVRx-7300 series
Бренд: Swann Страницы: 9
Z-Com ZCN-1523H-5-16 Quick Installation Manual preview
ZCN-1523H-5-16
Бренд: Z-Com Страницы: 18
Idis DR-6316PS-S Quick Manual preview
DR-6316PS-S
Бренд: Idis Страницы: 16
Goobay 93122 User Manual preview
93122
Бренд: Goobay Страницы: 20
Premio FlacheSAN2-D5 Quick Manual preview
FlacheSAN2-D5
Бренд: Premio Страницы: 2

Бренды по названию

Популярные бренды

Загрузить еще бренды